U.S. patent application number 10/431762 was filed with the patent office on 2003-12-11 for aryl aniline beta2 adrenergic receptor agonists.
Invention is credited to Aggen, James, Church, Timothy J., Jacobsen, John R., Leadbetter, Michael R., Moran, Edmund J., Nodwell, Matthew B., Trapp, Sean G..
Application Number | 20030229058 10/431762 |
Document ID | / |
Family ID | 34312096 |
Filed Date | 2003-12-11 |
United States Patent
Application |
20030229058 |
Kind Code |
A1 |
Moran, Edmund J. ; et
al. |
December 11, 2003 |
Aryl aniline beta2 adrenergic receptor agonists
Abstract
The invention provides novel .beta..sub.2 adrenergic receptor
agonist compounds of formula (I): 1 wherein R.sub.1-R.sup.13 and w
have any of the values described in the specification. The
invention also provides combinations of such compounds and other
therapeutic agents, pharmaceutical compositions comprising such
compounds and combinations, methods of using such compounds to
treat diseases associated with .beta..sub.2 adrenergic receptor
activity, and processes and intermediates useful for preparing such
compounds.
Inventors: |
Moran, Edmund J.; (San
Francisco, CA) ; Jacobsen, John R.; (San Mateo,
CA) ; Leadbetter, Michael R.; (San Leandro, CA)
; Nodwell, Matthew B.; (Vancouver, CA) ; Trapp,
Sean G.; (San Francisco, CA) ; Aggen, James;
(Burllingame, CA) ; Church, Timothy J.; (San
Mateo, CA) |
Correspondence
Address: |
THERAVANCE, INC.
901 GATEWAY BOULEVARD
SOUTH SAN FRANCISCO
CA
94080
US
|
Family ID: |
34312096 |
Appl. No.: |
10/431762 |
Filed: |
May 8, 2003 |
Related U.S. Patent Documents
|
|
|
|
|
|
Application
Number |
Filing Date |
Patent Number |
|
|
10431762 |
May 8, 2003 |
|
|
|
10292835 |
Nov 12, 2002 |
|
|
|
60338194 |
Nov 13, 2001 |
|
|
|
60343771 |
Dec 28, 2001 |
|
|
|
Current U.S.
Class: |
514/171 ;
514/176; 514/312; 514/367; 514/419; 514/439; 514/443; 514/485;
514/524; 514/597; 514/639; 514/653 |
Current CPC
Class: |
A61K 31/277 20130101;
A61K 31/343 20130101; A61P 11/00 20180101; A61K 31/4704 20130101;
C07D 215/227 20130101; A61K 31/381 20130101; C07D 401/12 20130101;
C07D 413/12 20130101; A61K 31/136 20130101; A61K 31/428 20130101;
A61K 31/381 20130101; C07D 231/22 20130101; A61K 31/423 20130101;
A61K 31/4709 20130101; A61K 31/385 20130101; C07D 213/75 20130101;
A61K 31/428 20130101; A61K 31/405 20130101; A61K 31/385 20130101;
C07D 239/38 20130101; C07C 317/36 20130101; A61K 31/4184 20130101;
A61K 31/325 20130101; A61K 31/47 20130101; A61P 11/06 20180101;
C07D 239/69 20130101; A61K 31/136 20130101; C07C 229/38 20130101;
C07C 217/84 20130101; C07C 215/34 20130101; A61K 31/4709 20130101;
A61K 31/4706 20130101; C07C 215/60 20130101; C07D 277/46 20130101;
C07D 311/80 20130101; A61K 31/343 20130101; A61K 31/47 20130101;
A61K 31/36 20130101; A61K 31/4184 20130101; C07D 239/47 20130101;
C07D 409/12 20130101; C07C 233/43 20130101; A61K 31/405 20130101;
A61K 31/58 20130101; A61K 31/423 20130101; A61K 31/33 20130101;
A61K 31/4704 20130101; C07D 321/10 20130101; A61K 31/58 20130101;
A61K 31/35 20130101; A61K 31/36 20130101; C07C 213/04 20130101;
A61K 31/277 20130101; A61K 31/4706 20130101; A61K 31/325 20130101;
A61K 31/35 20130101; C07D 215/26 20130101; A61K 2300/00 20130101;
A61K 31/33 20130101; A61K 2300/00 20130101; A61K 2300/00 20130101;
A61K 2300/00 20130101; A61K 2300/00 20130101; A61K 2300/00
20130101; A61K 2300/00 20130101; A61K 2300/00 20130101; A61K
2300/00 20130101; A61K 2300/00 20130101; A61K 2300/00 20130101;
A61K 2300/00 20130101; A61K 2300/00 20130101; A61K 2300/00
20130101; A61K 2300/00 20130101; A61K 2300/00 20130101; A61K
2300/00 20130101; C07D 239/42 20130101; A61K 2300/00 20130101 |
Class at
Publication: |
514/171 ;
514/176; 514/312; 514/367; 514/419; 514/439; 514/443; 514/485;
514/524; 514/597; 514/639; 514/653 |
International
Class: |
A61K 031/58; A61K
031/4706; A61K 031/428; A61K 031/381; A61K 031/343; A61K 031/385;
A61K 031/325; A61K 031/277 |
Claims
What is claimed is:
1. A combination comprising a compound of formula (I): 133wherein:
each of R.sup.1-R.sup.5 is independently selected from the group
consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl,
cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, and R.sup.a; or R.sup.1 and R.sup.2,
R.sup.2 and R.sup.3, R.sup.3 and R.sup.4, or R.sup.4 and R.sup.5
are joined together to form a group selected from the group
consisting of --C(R.sup.d).dbd.C(R.sup.d)C(- .dbd.O)NR.sup.d--,
--CR.sup.dR.sup.d--CR.sup.dR.sup.d--C(.dbd.O)NR.sup.d--- ,
--NR.sup.dC(.dbd.O)C(R.sup.d).dbd.C(R.sup.d)--,
--NR.sup.dC(.dbd.O)CR.su- p.dR.sup.d--CR.sup.dR.sup.d--,
--NR.sup.dC(.dbd.O)S--, --SC(.dbd.O)NR.sup.d--,
--(CR.sup.dR.sup.d).sub.p--, --S(CR.sup.dR.sup.d).sub.q--,
--(CR.sup.dR.sup.d).sub.qS--, --S(CR.sup.dR.sup.d).sub.rO--,
--O(CR.sup.dR.sup.d).sub.rS--, and --NHC(R.sup.j).dbd.C(R.sup.k)--;
R.sup.6 is hydrogen, alkyl, or alkoxy; R.sup.7 is hydrogen or
alkyl; R.sup.8 is hydrogen or alkyl; or R.sup.8 together with
R.sup.9 is --CH.sub.2-- or --CH.sub.2CH.sub.2--; R.sup.9 is
independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl,
alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, and R.sup.a,
or R.sup.9 together with R.sup.8 is --CH.sub.2-- or
--CH.sub.2CH.sub.2--; R.sup.10 is hydrogen or alkyl; each R.sup.11,
R.sup.12, and R.sup.13 is independently selected from the group
consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl,
heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, --NO.sub.2, halo, --NR.sup.dR.sup.e,
--C(.dbd.O)R.sup.d, --CO.sub.2R.sup.d, --OC(.dbd.O)R.sup.d, --CN,
--C(.dbd.O)NR.sup.dR.sup.e, --NR.sup.dC(.dbd.O)R.sup.e,
--OC(.dbd.O)NR.sup.dR.sup.e, --NR.sup.dC(.dbd.O)OR.sup.e,
--NR.sup.dC(.dbd.O)NR.sup.dR.sup.e, --OR.sup.d,
--S(O).sub.mR.sup.d, --NR.sup.d--NR.sup.d--C(.dbd.O)R.sup.d,
--NR.sup.dN.dbd.CR.sup.dR.sup.d, --N(NR.sup.dR.sup.e)R.sup.d, and
--S(O).sub.2NR.sup.dR.sup.e; or R.sup.11 and R.sup.12 together with
the atoms to which they are attached form a fused benzo ring, which
benzo ring can optionally be substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4
R.sup.e; or R.sup.11 and R.sup.12 together with the atoms to which
they are attached form a heterocyclic ring; wherein for
R.sup.1-R.sup.6, R.sup.9, and R.sup.11-R.sup.13, each alkyl,
alkenyl, and alkynyl is optionally substituted with R.sup.m, or
with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituents independently selected from
R.sup.b; for R.sup.1-R.sup.6, R.sup.9, and R.sup.11-R.sup.13, each
aryl and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4
substituents independently selected from R.sup.c, and for
R.sup.1-R.sup.6, R.sup.9, and R.sup.11-R.sup.13 each cycloalkyl and
heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4
substituents independently selected from R.sup.b and R.sup.e; each
R.sup.a is independently --OR.sup.d, --NO.sub.2, halo,
--S(O).sub.mR.sup.d, --S(O).sub.2OR.sup.d,
--S(O).sub.mNR.sup.dR.sup.e, --NR.sup.dR.sup.e,
--O(CR.sup.fR.sup.g).sub.nNR.sup.dR.sup.e, --C(.dbd.O)R.sup.d,
CO.sub.2R.sup.d,
--CO.sub.2(CR.sup.fR.sup.g).sub.nCONR.sup.dR.sup.e,
--OC(.dbd.O)R.sup.d, --CN, --C(.dbd.O)NR.sup.dR.sup.e,
--NR.sup.dC(.dbd.O)R.sup.c, --OC(.dbd.O)NR.sup.dR.sup.e,
--NR.sup.dC(.dbd.O)OR.sup.e, --NR.sup.dC(.dbd.O)NR.sup.dR.sup.e,
--CR.sup.d(.dbd.N--OR.sup.c), --CF.sub.3, or --OCF.sub.3; each
R.sup.b is independently R.sup.a, oxo, or .dbd.N--OR.sup.e; each
R.sup.c is independently R.sup.a, alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl;
wherein each alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl is optionally substituted
with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituents independently selected from
R.sup.b; each R.sup.d and R.sup.e is independently hydrogen, alkyl,
alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocyclyl;
wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl
and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4
substituents independently selected from R.sup.b; or R.sup.d and
R.sup.e together with the atoms to which they are attached form a
heterocyclic ring having from 5 to 7 ring atoms, wherein the
heterocyclic ring optionally contains 1 or 2 additional heteroatoms
independently selected from oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen; each
R.sup.f and R.sup.g is independently hydrogen, alkyl, aryl,
heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocyclyl; wherein each alkyl, aryl,
heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted
with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituents independently selected from
R.sup.b; or R.sup.f and R.sup.g together with the carbon atom to
which they are attached form a ring having from 5 to 7 ring atoms,
wherein the ring optionally contains 1 or 2 heteroatoms
independently selected from oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen; each
R.sup.h is independently halo, C.sub.1-8alkyl, C.sub.1-8alkoxy,
--S--C.sub.1-8alkyl, aryl, (aryl)-C.sub.1-6alkyl,
(aryl)-C.sub.1-8alkoxy, heteroaryl, (heteroaryl)-C.sub.1-6alkyl,
(heteroaryl)-C.sub.1-8alkoxy, hydroxy, amino, --NHC.sub.1-6alkyl,
--N(C.sub.1-6alkyl).sub.2, --OC(.dbd.O)C.sub.1-6alkyl,
--C(.dbd.O)C.sub.1-6alkyl, --C(.dbd.O)OC.sub.1-6alkyl,
--NHC(.dbd.O)C.sub.1-6alkyl, --C(.dbd.O)NHC.sub.1-6alkyl, carboxy,
nitro, --CN, or --CF.sub.3; R.sup.j and R.sup.k together with the
carbon atoms to which they are attached form a phenyl ring that is
optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 R.sup.c; each R.sup.m is
independently aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl; wherein
each aryl or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or
4 substituents selected from the group consisting of RC, and
wherein each cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted
with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituents selected from R.sup.b; m is 0, 1,
or 2; n is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10; p is 3, 4, or 5; q
is 2, 3, or 4; r is 1, 2, or 3; and w is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; or a
pharmaceutically-accepta- ble salt or solvate or stereoisomer
thereof; and a corticosteroid selected from the group consisting of
6.alpha.,9.alpha.-difluoro-11.beta.-hydroxy--
16.alpha.-methyl-17.alpha.-[(4-methyl-1,3-thiazole-5-carbonyl)oxy]-3-oxo-a-
ndrosta-1,4-diene-17.beta.-carbothioic acid S-fluoromethyl ester
and 6.alpha.,9
.alpha.-difluoro-17.alpha.-[(2-furanylcarbonyl)oxy]-11.beta.-h-
ydroxy-16.alpha.-methyl-3-oxo-androsta-1,4-diene-17.beta.-carbothioic
acid S-fluoromethyl ester.
2. The combination of claim 1 wherein R.sup.6, R.sup.8, and
R.sup.10 are each hydrogen; and w is 0, 1, or 2.
3. The combination of claim 1 wherein each of R.sup.1-R.sup.4 is
independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,
fluoro, chloro, amino, hydroxy, N,N-dimethylaminocarbonyloxy,
--CH.sub.2OH, and --NHCHO, and R.sup.5 is hydrogen; or R.sup.1 is
hydrogen, R.sup.2 is hydrogen, R.sup.3 is hydroxy, and R.sup.4 and
R.sup.5 together are --NHC(.dbd.O)CH.dbd.CH-- or
--SC(.dbd.O)NH--.
4. The combination of claim 1 wherein each of R.sup.1-R.sup.5 is
independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,
alkyl, and R.sup.a; wherein each R.sup.a is independently
--OR.sup.d, halo, --NR.sup.dR.sup.e, --NR.sup.dC(.dbd.O)RC, or
--OC(.dbd.O)NR.sup.dR.sup.e; or R.sup.1 and R.sup.2, or R.sup.4 and
R.sup.5, are joined together to form a group selected from the
group consisting of --C(R.sup.d).dbd.C(R.sup.d)C(.dbd.O)NR.sup.d--,
--CR.sup.dR.sup.d--CR.sup- .dR.sup.d--C(.dbd.O)NR.sup.d--,
--NR.sup.dC(.dbd.O)C(R.sup.d).dbd.C(R.sup.- d)--,
--NR.sup.dC(.dbd.O)CR.sup.dR.sup.d--CR.sup.dR.sup.d--,
--NR.sup.dC(.dbd.O)S--, and --SC(.dbd.O)NR.sup.d--; R.sup.6,
R.sup.8, and R.sup.10 are each hydrogen; each of R.sup.11 and
R.sup.12 is independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl,
heterocyclyl, --NO.sub.2, halo, --NR.sup.dR.sup.e,
--CO.sub.2R.sup.d, --OC(.dbd.O)R.sup.d, --CN,
--C(.dbd.O)NR.sup.dR.sup.e, --NR.sup.dC(.dbd.O)R.sup.e, --OR.sup.d,
--S(O).sub.mR.sup.d, --NR.sup.d--NR.sup.d--C(.dbd.O)R.sup.d,
--NR.sup.d--N.dbd.CR.sup.dR.sup.d, N(NR.sup.dR.sup.e)R.sup.d, and
--S(O).sub.2NR.sup.dR.sup.e; wherein for R.sup.1-R.sup.5, R.sup.11,
and R.sup.12, each alkyl is optionally substituted with R.sup.m, or
with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituents independently selected from
R.sup.b; for R.sup.11 and R.sup.12, each aryl and heteroaryl is
optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituents
independently selected from R.sup.c, and for R.sup.11 and R.sup.12,
each cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1,
2, 3, or 4 substituents independently selected from R.sup.b and
R.sup.c; R.sup.13 is hydrogen; the group comprising --NR.sup.10 is
meta or para to the group comprising R.sup.7; and w is 0, 1, or
2.
5. The combination of claim 4 wherein each of R.sup.11 and R.sup.12
is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,
alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, --OR.sup.d,
--S(O).sub.mR.sup.d, and --S(O).sub.2NR.sup.dR.sup.e; wherein each
alkyl is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents
independently selected from R.sup.b, each aryl is optionally
substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from
R.sup.c, and each heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1 or
2 substituents independently selected from R.sup.b and R.sup.c; and
m is 0 or 2.
6. A combination of a compound of formula (IIa): 134wherein:
R.sup.4 is --CH.sub.2OH or --NHCHO and R.sup.5 is hydrogen; or
R.sup.4 and R.sup.5 taken together are --NHC(.dbd.O)CH.dbd.CH--;
R.sup.11 is phenyl or heteroaryl, wherein each phenyl is optionally
substituted with 1 or 2 substituents selected from halo,
--OR.sup.d, --CN, --NO.sub.2, --SO.sub.2R.sup.d,
--C(.dbd.O)R.sup.d, --C(.dbd.O)NR.sup.dR.sup.e, and C.sub.1-3alkyl,
wherein C.sub.1-3alkyl is optionally substituted with 1 or 2
substituents selected from carboxy, hydroxy, and amino, and each
R.sup.d and R.sup.e is independently hydrogen or C.sub.1-3alkyl;
and wherein each heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1 or 2
C.sub.1-3alkyl substituents; and R.sup.12 is hydrogen or
--OC.sub.1-6alkyl; or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt or solvate
or stereoisomer thereof; and a corticosteroid selected from the
group consisting of
6.alpha.,9.alpha.-difluoro-11.beta.-hydroxy-16.alpha.-methy-
l-17.alpha.-[(4-methyl-1,3-thiazole-5-carbonyl)oxy]-3-oxo-androsta-1,4-die-
ne-17.beta.-carbothioic acid S-fluoromethyl ester and
6.alpha.,9.alpha.-difluoro-17.alpha.-[(2-furanylcarbonyl)oxy]-11.beta.-hy-
droxy-16.alpha.-methyl-3-oxo-androsta-1,4-diene-17.beta.-carbothioic
acid S-fluoromethyl ester.
7. The combination of claim 6 wherein R.sup.11 is phenyl,
optionally substituted with 1 substituent selected from halo,
--OR.sup.d, --CN, --NO.sub.2, --SO.sub.2R.sup.d, C(.dbd.O)R.sup.d,
and C.sub.1-3alkyl, wherein C.sub.1-3alkyl is optionally
substituted with 1 or 2 substituents selected from carboxy,
hydroxy, and amino, and R.sup.d is hydrogen or C.sub.1-3alkyl.
8. The combination of claim 6 wherein R.sup.11 is pyridyl,
thiophenyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, isoxazolyl, or indolyl, each of
which is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 C.sub.1-3alkyl
substituents.
9. The combination of claim 6 wherein R.sup.11 is phenyl, pyridyl,
or thiophenyl, wherein each phenyl is optionally substituted with 1
substituent selected from the group consisting of chloro,
--OCH.sub.3, --CN, and --CH.sub.2NH.sub.2; and R.sup.12 is
hydrogen, --OCH.sub.3, or --OC.sub.2H.sub.5.
10. The combination of claim 9 wherein R.sup.4 and R.sup.5 taken
together are --NHC(.dbd.O)CH.dbd.CH--; R.sup.11 is phenyl or
pyridyl, wherein each phenyl is optionally substituted with 1
substituent selected from the group consisting of chloro,
--OCH.sub.3, --CN, and --CH.sub.2NH.sub.2; and R.sup.12 is
--OCH.sub.3.
11. The combination of claim 6 wherein the compound of formula
(IIa) is a mixture of stereosiomers wherein the amount of the
stereoisomer having the (R) orientation at the chiral center to
which the hydroxy group is attached is greater than the amount of
the stereoisomer having the (S) orientation at the chiral center to
which the hydroxy group is attached.
12. The combination of claim 6 wherein the compound of formula
(IIa) is the stereoisomer having the (R) orientation at the chiral
center to which the hydroxy group is attached.
13. The combination of claim 6 wherein the compound of formula
(IIa) is selected from the group consisting of:
N-{2-[4-(3-phenyl-4-methoxyphenyl)-
aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(3-hydroxymethyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)ethyla-
mine;
N-{2-[4-(4-ethoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(3-hydrox-
ymethyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)ethylamine;
N-{2-[4-(3-phenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(-
R)-2-hydroxy-2-(3-hydroxymethyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)ethylamine;
N-{2-[4-(3-phenyl-4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8-h-
ydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine;
N-{2-[4-(4-methoxyphenyl)aminophe-
nyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(3-hydroxymethyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)ethylamine;
N-{2-[4-(3-phenyl-4-ethoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(3-hy-
droxymethyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)ethylamine;
N-{2-[4-(3-phenyl-4-methoxyphenyl)-
aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(3-formamido-4-hydroxyphenyl)ethylamine-
;
N-{2-[4-(4-ethoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(3-formamido--
4-hydroxyphenyl)ethylamine;
N-{2-[4-(3-phenylphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-
-2-hydroxy-2-(3-formamido-4-hydroxyphenyl)ethylamine;
N-{2-[4-(3-phenyl-4-ethoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(3-fo-
rmamido-4-hydroxyphenyl)ethylamine;
N-{2-[4-(4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]e-
thyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(3-formamido-4-hydroxyphenyl)ethylamine;
N-{2-[4-(4-ethoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1-
H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine;
N-{2-[4-(3-phenylphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}--
(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine;
N-{2-[4-(3-phenyl-4-ethoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8-hy-
droxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine;
N-{2-[4-(4-methoxyphenyl)aminophen-
yl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine;
N-{2-[4-(3-(2-chlorophenyl)phenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8-h-
ydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine;
N-{2-[4-(3-(2-methoxyphenyl)pheny-
l)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethy-
lamine;
N-{2-[4-(3-(3-cyanophenyl)phenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy--
2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine;
N-{2-[4-(3-(4-aminomethylph-
enyl)phenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-
-5-yl)ethylamine;
N-{2-[4-(3-(3-chlorophenyl)phenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-
-2-hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine;
N-{2-[4-(3-(4-aminomethylphenyl)-4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-
-hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine;
N-{2-[4-(3-(3-cyanophenyl)-4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydro-
xy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine;
N-{2-[4-(3-(4-hydroxyphe-
nyl)-4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-q-
uinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine;
N-{2-[4-(3-(3-pyridyl)phenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-
-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine;
N-{2-[4-(3-(3-pyridyl)-4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-
-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine;
N-{2-[4-(3-(4-pyridyl)-4-met-
hoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon--
5-yl)ethylamine;
N-{2-[4-(3-(thiophen-3-yl)-4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]et-
hyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine;
and
N-{2-[4-(3-(3-chlorophenyl)-4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydr-
oxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine;
N-{2-[4-(3-(3-aminometh-
ylphenyl)-4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(-
1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine; and pharmaceutically-acceptable
salts or solvates thereof.
14. The combination of claim 6 wherein the compound of formula
(1Ha) is selected from the group consisting of:
N-{2-[4-(3-phenyl-4-methoxyphenyl)-
aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethyla-
mine;
N-{2-[4-(3-(4-aminomethylphenyl)-4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}--
(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine;
N-{2-[4-(3-(3-cyanophenyl)-4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydro-
xy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine;
N-{2-[4-(3-(3-chlorophen-
yl)-4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-qu-
inolinon-5-yl)ethylamine;
N-{2-[4-(3-(3-aminomethylphenyl)-4-methoxyphenyl-
)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethyl-
amine; and pharmaceutically-acceptable salts or solvates
thereof.
15. The combination of claim 14 wherein the corticosteroid is
6(x,9.alpha.-difluoro-17.alpha.-[(2-furanylcarbonyl)oxy]-11.beta.-hydroxy-
-16.alpha.-methyl-3-oxo-androsta-1,4-diene-17.beta.-carbothioic
acid S-fluoromethyl ester.
16. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically
effective amount of a combination of claim 1 and a
pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier.
17. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 16, wherein the
composition is formulated for administration by inhalation.
18. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically
effective amount of a combination of claim 6 and a
pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier.
19. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 18, wherein the
composition is formulated for administration by inhalation.
20. A method of treating a disease or condition in a mammal
associated with .beta..sub.2 adrenergic receptor activity, the
method comprising administering to the mammal, a therapeutically
effective amount of a pharmaceutical composition comprising a
combination of claim 1 and a pharmaceutically-acceptable
carrier.
21. The method of claim 20 wherein the disease or condition is a
pulmonary disease.
22. The method of claim 21 wherein the pulmonary disease is asthma
or chronic obstructive pulmonary disease.
23. A method of treating a disease or condition in a mammal
associated with .beta..sub.2 adrenergic receptor activity, the
method comprising administering to the mammal, a therapeutically
effective amount of a pharmaceutical composition comprising a
combination of claim 6 and a pharmaceutically-acceptable
carrier.
24. The method of claim 23 wherein the disease or condition is a
pulmonary disease.
25. The method of claim 24 wherein the pulmonary disease is asthma
or chronic obstructive pulmonary disease.
Description
CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
[0001] This application is a continuation-in-part of U.S.
application Ser. No. 10/292,835, filed Nov. 12, 2002, which claims
the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/338,194, filed
Nov. 13, 2001 and U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/343,771,
filed Dec. 28, 2001, the entire disclosures of which are
incorporated herein by reference.
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
[0002] The invention is directed to novel .beta..sub.2 adrenergic
receptor agonists. The invention is also directed to pharmaceutical
compositions comprising such compounds, methods of using such
compounds to treat diseases associated with .beta..sub.2 adrenergic
receptor activity, and processes and intermediates useful for
preparing such compounds.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
[0003] .beta..sub.2 adrenergic receptor agonists are recognized as
effective drugs for the treatment of pulmonary diseases such as
asthma and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (including chronic
bronchitis and emphysema). .beta..sub.2 adrenergic receptor
agonists are also useful for treating pre-term labor, and are
potentially useful for treating neurological disorders and cardiac
disorders. In spite of the success that has been achieved with
certain .beta..sub.2 adrenergic receptor agonists, current agents
possess less than desirable potency, selectivity, speed of onset,
and/or duration of action. Thus, there is a need for additional
.beta..sub.2 adrenergic receptor agonists having improved
properties. Preferred agents may possess, among other properties,
improved duration of action, potency, selectivity, and/or
onset.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
[0004] The invention provides novel compounds that possess
.beta..sub.2 adrenergic receptor agonist activity. Accordingly,
this invention provides compounds of formula (I): 2
[0005] wherein:
[0006] each of R.sub.1-R.sup.5 is independently selected from the
group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl,
heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, and R.sup.a;
[0007] or R.sup.1 and R.sup.2, R.sup.2 and R.sup.3, R.sup.3 and
R.sup.4, or R.sup.4 and R.sup.5 are joined together to form a group
selected from the group consisting of
--C(R.sup.d).dbd.C(R.sup.d)C(.dbd.O)NR.sup.d--,
--CR.sup.dR.sup.d--CR.sup.dR.sup.d--C(.dbd.O)NR.sup.d--,
--NR.sup.dC(.dbd.O)C(R.sup.d).dbd.C(R.sup.d)--,
--NR.sup.dC(.dbd.O)CR.sup- .dR.sup.d--CR.sup.dR.sup.d--,
--NR.sup.dC(.dbd.O)S--, --SC(.dbd.O)NR.sup.d--,
--(CR.sup.dR.sup.d).sub.p--, --S(CR.sup.dR.sup.d).sub.q--,
--(CR.sup.dR.sup.d).sub.qS--, --S(CR.sup.dR.sup.d).sub.rO--,
--O(CR.sup.dR.sup.d).sub.rS--, and
--NHC(R.sup.j).dbd.C(R.sup.k)--;
[0008] R.sup.6 is hydrogen, alkyl, or alkoxy;
[0009] R.sup.7 is hydrogen or alkyl;
[0010] R.sup.8 is hydrogen or alkyl; or R.sup.8 together with
R.sup.9 is --CH.sub.2-- or --CH.sub.2CH.sub.2--;
[0011] R.sup.9 is independently selected from the group consisting
of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl,
heterocyclyl, and R.sup.a, or R.sup.9 together with R.sup.8 is
--CH.sub.2-- or --CH.sub.2CH.sub.2--;
[0012] R.sup.10 is hydrogen or alkyl;
[0013] each R.sup.11, R.sup.12, and R.sup.13 is independently
selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl,
alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, --NO.sub.2, halo,
--NR.sup.dR.sup.e, --C(.dbd.O)R.sup.d, --CO.sub.2R.sup.d,
--OC(.dbd.O)R.sup.d, --CN, --C(.dbd.O)NR.sup.dR.sup.e,
--NR.sup.dC(.dbd.O)R.sup.e, --OC(.dbd.O)NR.sup.dR.sup.e,
--NR.sup.dC(.dbd.O)OR.sup.e, --NR.sup.dC(.dbd.O)NR.sup.dR.sup.e,
--OR.sup.d, S(O).sub.mR.sup.d,
--NR.sup.d--NR.sup.d--C(.dbd.O)R.sup.d,
--NR.sup.d--N.dbd.CR.sup.dR.sup.d, --N(NR.sup.dR.sup.e)R.sup.d, and
--S(O).sub.2NR.sup.dR.sup.e;
[0014] or R.sup.11 and R.sup.12 together with the atoms to which
they are attached form a fused benzo ring, which benzo ring can
optionally be substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 R.sub.c;
[0015] or R.sup.11 and R.sup.12 together with the atoms to which
they are attached form a heterocyclic ring;
[0016] wherein for R.sup.1-R.sup.6, R.sup.9, and R.sup.11-R.sup.13,
each alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl is optionally substituted with
R.sup.m, or with one or more (e.g. 1, 2, 3, or 4) substituents
independently selected from R.sup.b; for R.sup.1-R.sup.6, R.sup.9,
and R.sup.11-R.sup.13 each aryl and heteroaryl is optionally
substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituents independently selected
from R.sup.c, and for R.sup.1-R.sup.6, R.sup.9, and
R.sup.11-R.sup.13 each cycloalkyl and heterocyclic ring is
optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituents
independently selected from R.sup.b and R.sup.c;
[0017] each R.sup.a is independently --OR.sup.d, --NO.sub.2, halo,
--S(O).sub.mR.sup.d, --S(O).sub.2OR.sup.d,
S(O).sub.mNR.sup.dR.sup.e, --NR.sup.dR.sup.e,
O(CR.sub.fR.sup.g).sub.nNR.sup.dR.sup.e, --C(.dbd.O)R.sup.d,
--CO.sub.2R.sup.d, --CO.sub.2(CR.sup.fR.sup.g).sub.nC-
ONR.sup.dR.sup.e, --OC(.dbd.O)R.sup.d, --CN,
--C(.dbd.O)NR.sup.dR.sup.e, --NR.sup.dC(.dbd.O)R.sup.e,
--OC(.dbd.O)NR.sup.dR.sup.e, --NR.sup.dC(.dbd.O)OR.sup.e,
--NR.sup.dC(.dbd.O)NR.sup.dR.sup.e, --CR.sup.d(.dbd.N--OR.sup.e),
--CF.sub.3, or --OCF.sub.3;
[0018] each R.sup.b is independently R.sup.a, oxo, or
.dbd.N--OR.sup.e;
[0019] each R.sup.c is independently R.sup.a, alkyl, alkenyl, or
alkynyl; wherein each alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl is optionally
substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituents independently selected
from R.sup.b;
[0020] each R.sup.d and R.sup.e is independently hydrogen, alkyl,
alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocyclyl;
wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl
and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more (e.g.
1, 2, 3, or 4) substituents independently selected from R.sup.h; or
R.sup.d and R.sup.e together with the atoms to which they are
attached form a heterocyclic ring having from 5 to 7 ring atoms,
wherein the heterocyclic ring optionally contains 1 or 2 additional
heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, sulfur and
nitrogen;
[0021] each R.sup.f and R.sup.g is independently hydrogen, alkyl,
aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocyclyl; wherein each alkyl,
aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally
substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituents independently selected
from R.sup.h; or R.sup.f and R.sup.g together with the carbon atom
to which they are attached form a ring having from 5 to 7 ring
atoms, wherein the ring optionally contains 1 or 2 heteroatoms
independently selected from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen;
[0022] each R.sup.h is independently halo, C.sub.1-8alkyl,
C.sub.1-8alkoxy, --S--C.sub.1-8alkyl, aryl, (aryl)-C.sub.1-6alkyl,
(aryl)-C.sub.1-8alkoxy, heteroaryl, (heteroaryl)-C.sub.1-6alkyl,
(heteroaryl)-C.sub.1-8alkoxy, hydroxy, amino, --NHC.sub.1-6alkyl,
--N(C.sub.1-6alkyl).sub.2, --OC(.dbd.O)C.sub.1-6alkyl,
--C(.dbd.O)C.sub.1-6alkyl, --C(.dbd.O)OC.sub.1-6alkyl,
--NHC(.dbd.O)C.sub.1-6alkyl, --C(.dbd.O)NHC.sub.1-6alkyl, carboxy,
nitro, --CN, or --CF.sub.3;
[0023] R.sup.j and R.sup.k together with the carbon atoms to which
they are attached form a phenyl ring that is optionally substituted
with 1, 2, 3, or 4 R.sup.c;
[0024] each R.sup.m is independently aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl
or heterocyclyl; wherein each aryl or heteroaryl is optionally
substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituents selected from the group
consisting of R.sup.c, and wherein each cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl
is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituents selected
from R.sup.b;
[0025] m is 0, 1, or 2;
[0026] n is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10;
[0027] p is 3, 4, or 5;
[0028] q is 2, 3, or 4;
[0029] r is 1,2, or 3;
[0030] w is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;
[0031] or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt or solvate or
stereoisomer thereof.
[0032] The invention also provides compounds of formula (IIa):
3
[0033] wherein:
[0034] R.sup.4 is --CH.sub.2OH or --NHCHO and R.sup.5 is hydrogen;
or R.sup.4 and R.sup.5 taken together are
--NHC(.dbd.O)CH.dbd.CH--;
[0035] R.sup.11 is phenyl or heteroaryl, wherein each phenyl is
optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents selected from halo,
--OR.sup.d, --CN, --NO.sub.2, --SO.sub.2R.sup.d,
--C(.dbd.O)R.sup.d, C(.dbd.O)NR.sup.dR.sup.e, and C.sub.1-3alkyl,
wherein C.sub.1-3alkyl is optionally substituted with 1 or 2
substituents selected from carboxy, hydroxy, and amino, and each
R.sup.d and R.sup.e is independently hydrogen or C.sub.1-3alkyl;
and wherein each heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1 or 2
C.sub.1-3alkyl substituents; and
[0036] R.sup.12 is hydrogen or --OC.sub.1-6alkyl;
[0037] or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt or solvate or
stereoisomer thereof.
[0038] The invention also provides compounds of formula (IIb):
4
[0039] wherein:
[0040] R.sup.4 is --CH.sub.2OH or --NHCHO and R.sup.5 is hydrogen;
or R.sup.4 and R.sup.5 taken together are
--NHC(.dbd.O)CH.dbd.CH--;
[0041] R.sup.12 is hydrogen or --OC.sub.1-6alkyl;
[0042] R.sup.17 is --(CH.sub.2).sub.xNR.sup.dR.sup.e wherein each
R.sup.d and R.sup.e is independently hydrogen or C.sub.1-4alkyl,
wherein each C.sub.1-4alkyl is optionally substituted with phenyl
or pyridyl, or R.sup.d and R.sup.e together with the nitrogen atom
to which they are attached is morpholino; and
[0043] x is 0, 1, or 2.
[0044] The invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition
comprising a compound of the invention and a
pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier. The invention further provides
combinations comprising a compound of the invention and one or more
other therapeutic agents and pharmaceutical compositions comprising
such combinations.
[0045] The invention also provides a method of treating a disease
or condition associated with .beta..sub.2 adrenergic receptor
activity (e.g. a pulmonary disease, such as asthma or chronic
obstructive pulmonary disease, pre-term labor, a neurological
disorder, a cardiac disorder, or inflammation) in a mammal,
comprising administering to the mammal, a therapeutically effective
amount of a compound of the invention. The invention further
provides a method of treatment comprising administering a
therapeutically effective amount of a combination of a compound of
the invention together with one or more other therapeutic
agents.
[0046] The invention also provides a method of treating a disease
or condition associated with .beta..sub.2 adrenergic receptor
activity (e.g. a pulmonary disease, such as asthma or chronic
obstructive pulmonary disease, pre-term labor, a neurological
disorder, a cardiac disorder, or inflammation) in a mammal,
comprising administering to the mammal, a therapeutically effective
amount of a pharmaceutical composition of the invention.
[0047] This invention also provides a method of modulating a
.beta..sub.2 adrenergic receptor, the method comprising stimulating
a .beta..sub.2 adrenergic receptor with a modulatory amount of a
compound of the invention.
[0048] In separate and distinct aspects, the invention also
provides synthetic processes and novel intermediates, including
compounds of formulas (III), (IV), and (VII) described herein,
which are useful for preparing compounds of the invention.
[0049] The invention also provides a compound of the invention as
described herein for use in medical therapy, as well as the use of
a compound of the invention in the manufacture of a formulation or
medicament for treating a disease or condition associated with
.beta..sub.2 adrenergic receptor activity (e.g. a pulmonary
disease, such as asthma or chronic obstructive pulmonary disease,
pre-term labor, a neurological disorder, a cardiac disorder, or
inflammation) in a mammal.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
[0050] When describing the compounds, compositions and methods of
the invention, the following terms have the following meanings,
unless otherwise indicated.
[0051] The term "alkyl" refers to a monovalent saturated
hydrocarbon group which may be linear or branched or combinations
thereof. Such alkyl groups preferably contain from 1 to 20 carbon
atoms; more preferably, from 1 to 8 carbon atoms; and still more
preferably, from 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Representative alkyl groups
include, by way of example, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl,
n-butyl, sec-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, n-hexyl,
n-heptyl, n-octyl, n-nonyl, n-decyl and the like.
[0052] The term "alkenyl" refers to a monovalent unsaturated
hydrocarbon group containing at least one carbon-carbon double
bond, typically 1 or 2 carbon-carbon double bonds, and which may be
linear or branched or combinations thereof. Such alkenyl groups
preferably contain from 2 to 20 carbon atoms; more preferably from
2 to 8 carbon atoms; and still more preferably, from 2 to 4 carbon
atoms. Representative alkenyl groups include, by way of example,
vinyl, allyl, isopropenyl, but-2-enyl, n-pent-2-enyl, n-hex-2-enyl,
n-hept-2-enyl, n-oct-2-enyl, n-non-2-enyl, n-dec-4-enyl,
n-dec-2,4-dienyl and the like.
[0053] The term "alkynyl" refers to a monovalent unsaturated
hydrocarbon group containing at least one carbon-carbon triple
bond, typically 1 carbon-carbon triple bond, and which may be
linear or branched or combinations thereof. Such alkynyl groups
preferably contain from 2 to 20 carbon atoms; more preferably from
2 to 8 carbon atoms; and still more preferably, from 2 to 4 carbon
atoms. Representative alkynyl groups include, by way of example,
ethynyl, propargyl, but-2-ynyl and the like.
[0054] The term "alkoxy" refers to a group of the formula --OR,
where R is an alkyl group as defined herein. Representative alkoxy
groups include, by way of example, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy,
isopropoxy, n-butoxy, sec-butoxy, isobutoxy, tert-butoxy,
n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy and the like.
[0055] The term "cycloalkyl" refers to a monovalent saturated
carbocyclic group which may be monocyclic or multicyclic. Each ring
of such cycloalkyl groups preferably contains from 3 to 10 carbon
atoms. This term also includes cycloalkyl groups fused to an aryl
or heteroaryl group in which the point of attachment is on the
non-aromatic (cycloalkyl) portion of the group. Representative
cycloalkyl groups include, by way of example, cyclopropyl,
cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl,
1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphth-2-yl, decahydronaphthyl, indan-1-yl,
adamantyl, norbornyl and the like.
[0056] The term "aryl" refers to a monovalent carbocyclic group
which may be monocyclic or multicyclic (i.e., fused) wherein at
least one ring is aromatic. Such aryl groups preferably contain
from 6 to 20 carbon atoms; more preferably, from 6 to 10 carbon
atoms. This term includes multicyclic carbocyclic ring systems
wherein one or more rings are not aromatic, provided the point of
attachment is on an aromatic ring. Representative aryl groups
include, by way of example, phenyl, napthyl, azulenyl, indan-5-yl,
1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphth-6-yl, and the like.
[0057] The term "heteroaryl" refers to a monovalent aromatic group
that contains at least one heteroatom, preferably 1 to 4
heteroatoms, selected from N, S and O, and which may be monocyclic
or multicyclic (i.e., fused). Such heteroaryl groups preferably
contain from 5 to 20 atoms; more preferably, from 5 to 10 atoms.
This term also includes heteroaryl groups fused to a cycloalkyl or
aryl group, in which the point of attachment is on the aromatic
(heteroaryl) portion of the group. Representative heteroaryl groups
include, by way of example, pyrroyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl,
pyrazolyl, pyridyl (or, equivalently, pyridinyl), oxazolyl,
oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl,
tetrazolyl, furanyl, triazinyl, thienyl, pyrimidyl, pyridazinyl,
pyrazinyl, benzoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzimidazolyl,
benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, quinolyl, indolyl, isoquinolyl and
the like.
[0058] The term "heterocyclyl" or "heterocyclic ring" refers to a
saturated or partially unsaturated cyclic non-aromatic group, which
may be monocyclic or multicyclic (i.e., fused or bridged), and
which contains at least one heteroatom, preferably 1 to 4
heteroatoms, selected from N(X), S and O, wherein each X is
independently hydrogen or alkyl. Such heterocyclyl groups
preferably contain from 3 to 20 atoms; more preferably, from 3 to
10 atoms. This term also includes such a heterocyclyl group fused
to one or more cycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl groups. The point of
attachment of the heterocyclyl group may be any carbon or nitrogen
atom in a heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl portion of
the group. Representative heterocyclyl groups include, by way of
example, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, imidazolidinyl,
morpholinyl, indolin-3-yl, 2-imidazolinyl,
1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-- 2-yl, quinuclidinyl,
2-oxobenzopyran, and the like.
[0059] The term "halo" refers to a fluoro, chloro, bromo or
iodo.
[0060] The term "oxo" refers to a group of the formula .dbd.O.
[0061] The term "therapeutically effective amount" refers to an
amount sufficient to effect treatment when administered to a
patient in need of treatment.
[0062] The term "treatment" as used herein refers to the treatment
of a disease or medical condition in a patient, such as a mammal
(particularly a human), and includes:
[0063] (a) preventing the disease or medical condition from
occurring, i.e., prophylactic treatment of a patient;
[0064] (b) ameliorating the disease or medical condition, i.e.,
eliminating or causing regression of the disease or medical
condition in a patient;
[0065] (c) suppressing the disease or medical condition, i.e.,
slowing or arresting the development of the disease or medical
condition in a patient; or
[0066] (d) alleviating the symptoms of the disease or medical
condition in a patient.
[0067] The phrase "disease or condition associated with
.beta..sub.2 adrenergic receptor activity" includes all disease
states and/or conditions that are acknowledged now, or that are
found in the future, to be associated with .beta..sub.2 adrenergic
receptor activity. Such disease states include, but are not limited
to, bronchoconstrictive or pulmonary diseases, such as asthma and
chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (including chronic bronchitis
and emphysema), as well as neurological disorders and cardiac
disorders. .beta..sub.2 Adrenergic receptor activity is also known
to be associated with pre-term labor (see, for example, U.S. Pat.
No. 5,872,126) and some types of inflammation (see, for example, WO
99/30703 and U.S. Pat. No. 5,290,815).
[0068] The term "pharmaceutically-acceptable salt" refers to a salt
prepared from a base or acid which is acceptable for administration
to a patient, such as a mammal. Such salts can be derived from
pharmaceutically-acceptable inorganic or organic bases and from
pharmaceutically-acceptable inorganic or organic acids.
[0069] Salts derived from pharmaceutically-acceptable acids include
acetic, benzenesulfonic, benzoic, camphosulfonic, citric,
ethanesulfonic, fumaric, gluconic, glutamic, hydrobromic,
hydrochloric, lactic, maleic, malic, mandelic, methanesulfonic,
mucic, nitric, pantothenic, phosphoric, succinic, sulfuric,
tartaric, p-toluenesulfonic, xinafoic (1-hydroxy-2-naphthoic acid)
and the like. Particularly preferred are salts derived from
fumaric, hydrobromic, hydrochloric, acetic, sulfuric, phosphoric,
methanesulfonic, p-toluenesulfonic, xinafoic, tartaric, citric,
malic, maleic, succinic, and benzoic acids.
[0070] Salts derived from pharmaceutically-acceptable inorganic
bases include aluminum, ammonium, calcium, copper, ferric, ferrous,
lithium, magnesium, manganic, manganous, potassium, sodium, zinc
and the like. Particularly preferred are ammonium, calcium,
magnesium, potassium and sodium salts. Salts derived from
pharmaceutically-acceptable organic bases include salts of primary,
secondary and tertiary amines, including substituted amines, cyclic
amines, naturally-occuring amines and the like, such as arginine,
betaine, caffeine, choline, N,N'-dibenzylethylenediamine,
diethylamine, 2-diethylaminoethanol, 2-dimethylaminoethanol,
ethanolamine, ethylenediamine, N-ethylmorpholine,
N-ethylpiperidine, glucamine, glucosamine, histidine, hydrabamine,
isopropylamine, lysine, methylglucamine, morpholine, piperazine,
piperadine, polyamine resins, procaine, purines, theobromine,
triethylamine, trimethylamine, tripropylamine, tromethamine and the
like.
[0071] The term "solvate" refers to a complex or aggregate formed
by one or more molecules of a solute, i.e. a compound of the
invention or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof, and one or
more molecules of a solvent. Such solvates are typically
crystalline solids having a substantially fixed molar ratio of
solute and solvent. Representative solvents include by way of
example, water, methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, acetic acid, and
the like. When the solvent is water, the solvate formed is a
hydrate.
[0072] The term "leaving group" refers to a functional group or
atom which can be displaced by another functional group or atom in
a substitution reaction, such as a nucleophilic substitution
reaction. By way of example, representative leaving groups include
chloro, bromo and iodo groups; sulfonic ester groups, such as
mesylate, tosylate, brosylate, nosylate and the like; and acyloxy
groups, such as acetoxy, trifluoroacetoxy and the like.
[0073] The term "amino-protecting group" refers to a protecting
group suitable for preventing undesired reactions at an amino
nitrogen. Representative amino-protecting groups include, but are
not limited to, formyl; acyl groups, for example alkanoyl groups,
such as acetyl; alkoxycarbonyl groups, such as tert-butoxycarbonyl
(Boc); arylmethoxycarbonyl groups, such as benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz)
and 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc); arylmethyl groups, such as
benzyl (Bn), trityl (Tr), and 1,1-di-(4'-methoxyphenyl)methyl;
silyl groups, such as trimethylsilyl (TMS) and
tert-butyldimethylsilyl (TBS); and the like.
[0074] The term "hydroxy-protecting group" refers to a protecting
group suitable for preventing undesired reactions at a hydroxy
group. Representative hydroxy-protecting groups include, but are
not limited to, alkyl groups, such as methyl, ethyl, and
tert-butyl; acyl groups, for example alkanoyl groups, such as
acetyl; arylmethyl groups, such as benzyl (Bn), p-methoxybenzyl
(PMB), 9-fluorenylmethyl (Fm), and diphenylmethyl (benzhydryl,
DPM); silyl groups, such as trimethylsilyl (TMS) and
tert-butyldimethylsilyl (TBS); and the like.
[0075] Specific and preferred values listed below for radicals,
substituents, and ranges, are for illustration only; they do not
exclude other defined values or other values within defined ranges
for the radicals and substituents.
[0076] A specific value for R.sup.1 is hydrogen.
[0077] A specific value for R.sup.2 is hydrogen.
[0078] A specific value for R.sup.3 is hydroxy.
[0079] A specific value for R.sup.4 is --CH.sub.2OH or --NHCHO.
[0080] A specific value for R.sup.5 is hydrogen.
[0081] A specific value for R.sup.4 and R.sup.5 together are
--NHC(.dbd.O)CH.dbd.CH-- or --SC(.dbd.O)NH--.
[0082] A specific value for R.sup.6 is hydrogen.
[0083] A specific value for R.sup.7 is hydrogen.
[0084] A specific value for R.sup.8 is hydrogen.
[0085] A specific value for w is 0.
[0086] Another specific value for w is 1 or 2.
[0087] A specific value for R.sup.9 together with R.sup.8 is
--CH.sub.2-- or --CH.sub.2CH.sub.2--.
[0088] A specific value for R.sup.10 is hydrogen.
[0089] Another specific value for R.sup.10 is alkyl.
[0090] A specific value for R.sup.11 is hydrogen.
[0091] Another specific value for R.sup.11 is alkyl, alkenyl,
alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, --NO.sub.2, halo,
--NR.sup.dR.sup.e, --C(.dbd.O)R.sup.d, --CO.sub.2R.sup.d,
--OC(.dbd.O)R.sup.d, --CN, --C(.dbd.O)NR.sup.dR.sup.e,
--NR.sup.dC(.dbd.O)R.sup.e, --OC(.dbd.O)NR.sup.dR.sup.e,
--NR.sup.dC(.dbd.O)OR.sup.e, --NR.sup.dC(.dbd.O)NR.sup.dR.sup.e,
--OR.sup.d, --S(O).sub.mR.sup.d,
--NR.sup.d--NR.sup.d--C(.dbd.O)R.sup.d,
--NR.sup.d--N.dbd.CR.sup.dR.sup.d- , --N(NR.sup.dR.sup.e)R.sup.d,
or --S(O).sub.2NR.sup.dR.sup.e.
[0092] Another specific value for R.sup.11 is hydrogen, alkyl,
heterocyclyl, --OR.sup.d, --S(O).sub.mR.sup.d, or
--S(O).sub.2NR.sup.dR.s- up.e.
[0093] Another specific value for R.sup.11 is heterocyclyl,
--OR.sup.d, --S(O).sub.mR.sup.d, or
--S(O).sub.2NR.sup.dR.sup.e.
[0094] Another specific value for R.sup.11 is --OR.sup.d.
[0095] Another specific value for R.sup.11 is
--S(O).sub.mR.sup.d.
[0096] A specific value for R.sup.12 is hydrogen.
[0097] Another specific value for R.sup.12 is alkyl, alkenyl,
alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, --NO.sub.2, halo,
--NR.sup.dR.sup.e, --C(.dbd.O)R.sup.d, --CO.sub.2R.sup.d,
--OC(.dbd.O)R.sup.d, --CN, --C(.dbd.O)NR.sup.dR.sup.e,
--NR.sup.dC(.dbd.O)R.sup.e, --OC(.dbd.O)NR.sup.dR.sup.e,
--NR.sup.dC(.dbd.O)OR.sup.e, --NR.sup.dC(.dbd.O)NR.sup.dR.sup.e,
--OR.sup.d, --S(O).sub.mR.sup.d,
--NR.sup.d--NR.sup.d--C(.dbd.O)R.sup.d,
--NR.sup.d--N.dbd.CR.sup.dR.sup.d- , --N(NR.sup.dR.sup.e)R.sup.d,
or S(O).sub.2NR.sup.dR.sup.e.
[0098] Another specific value for R.sup.12 is hydrogen, alkyl,
heterocyclyl, --OR.sup.d, --S(O).sub.mR.sup.d, or
--S(O).sub.2NR.sup.dR.s- up.e.
[0099] A specific value for R.sup.12 is heterocyclyl, --OR.sup.d,
--S(O).sub.mR.sup.d, or --S(O).sub.2NR.sup.dR.sup.e.
[0100] Another specific value for R.sup.12 is --OR.sup.d.
[0101] Another specific value for R.sup.12 is
--S(O).sub.mR.sup.d.
[0102] Another specific value for R.sup.12 is
--S(O).sub.2NR.sup.dR.sup.e.
[0103] A specific value for R.sup.13 is hydrogen.
[0104] Another specific value for R.sup.13 is alkyl, alkenyl,
alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, --NO.sub.2, halo,
--NR.sup.dR.sup.e, --C(.dbd.O)R.sup.d, --CO.sub.2R.sup.d,
--OC(.dbd.O)R.sup.d, --CN, C(.dbd.O)NR.sup.dR.sup.e,
--NR.sup.dC(.dbd.O)R.sup.e, --OC(.dbd.O)NR.sup.dR.sup.e,
--NR.sup.dC(.dbd.O)OR.sup.e, --NR.sup.dC(.dbd.O)NR.sup.dR.sup.e,
--OR.sup.d, --S(O).sub.mR.sup.d,
--NR.sup.d--NR.sup.d--C(.dbd.O)R.sup.d,
--NR.sup.d--N.dbd.CR.sup.dR.sup.d- , --N(NR.sup.dR.sup.e)R.sup.d,
or S(O).sub.2NR.sup.dR.sup.e.
[0105] Another specific value for R.sup.13 is hydrogen, alkyl,
heterocyclyl, --OR.sup.d, S(O).sub.mR.sup.d, or
--S(O).sub.2NR.sup.dR.sup- .e.
[0106] Another specific value for R.sup.13 is heterocyclyl,
--OR.sup.d, --S(O).sub.mR.sup.d, or
--S(O).sub.2NR.sup.dR.sup.e.
[0107] A specific value for R.sup.13 is --OR.sup.d.
[0108] A specific value for R.sup.11 is --S(O).sub.mR.sup.d.
[0109] A specific group of compounds of the invention are compounds
wherein each of R.sup.1-R.sup.4 is independently selected from the
group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, amino, hydroxy,
N,N-dimethylaminocarbonyloxy, --CH.sub.2OH, and --NHCHO, and
R.sup.5 is hydrogen; or R.sup.1 is hydrogen, R.sup.2 is hydrogen,
R.sup.3 is hydroxy, and R.sup.4 and R.sup.5 together are
--NHC(.dbd.O)CH.dbd.CH-- or --SC(.dbd.O)NH--.
[0110] A specific group of compounds of the invention are compounds
wherein R.sup.1 is hydrogen; R.sup.2 is chloro; R.sup.3 is amino;
R.sup.4 is chloro; and R.sup.5 is hydrogen.
[0111] A specific group of compounds of the invention are compounds
wherein R.sup.1 is hydrogen; R.sup.2 is
N,N-dimethylaminocarbonyloxy; R.sup.3 is hydrogen; R.sup.4 is
N,N-dimethylaminocarbonyloxy; and R.sup.5 is hydrogen.
[0112] A specific group of compounds of the invention are compounds
wherein R.sup.1 is hydrogen, fluoro, or chloro; R.sup.2 is hydroxy;
R.sup.3 is hydrogen; R.sup.4 is hydroxy; and R.sup.5 is
hydrogen.
[0113] A specific group of compounds of the invention are compounds
wherein R.sup.1 is chloro; R.sup.2 is hydrogen; R.sup.3 is hydroxy;
R.sup.4 is hydrogen; and R.sup.5 is hydrogen.
[0114] A specific group of compounds of the invention are compounds
wherein R is hydrogen; R.sup.2 is hydrogen; R.sup.3 is hydroxy;
R.sup.4 is --CH.sub.2OH; and R.sup.5 is hydrogen.
[0115] A specific group of compounds of the invention are compounds
wherein R.sup.1 is hydrogen; R.sup.2 is hydrogen; R.sup.3 is
hydroxy; R.sup.4 is --NHCHO; and R.sup.5 is hydrogen.
[0116] A specific group of compounds of the invention are compounds
wherein R.sup.1 is hydrogen; R.sup.2 is hydrogen; R.sup.3 is
hydroxy; and R.sup.4 and R.sup.5 together are
--NHC(.dbd.O)CH.dbd.CH--.
[0117] A specific group of compounds of the invention are compounds
wherein R.sup.1 is hydrogen; R.sup.2 is hydrogen; R.sup.3 is
hydroxy; and R.sup.4 and R.sup.5 together are --SC(.dbd.O)NH--.
[0118] A specific group of compounds of the invention are compounds
wherein R.sup.11 is hydrogen, R.sup.12 is --SR.sup.d; R.sup.13 is
hydrogen; and R.sup.d is alkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl.
[0119] A specific group of compounds of the invention are compounds
wherein R.sup.11 is --SR.sup.d, R.sup.12 is hydrogen; R.sup.13 is
hydrogen; and R.sup.d is alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl.
[0120] When part of the group --SR.sup.d, a specific value for
R.sup.d is alkyl.
[0121] When part of the group --SR.sup.d, another specific value
for R.sup.d is C.sub.1-6alkyl.
[0122] When part of the group --SR.sup.d, another specific value
for Rd is C.sub.1-3alkyl.
[0123] When part of the group --SR.sup.d, another more specific
value for R.sup.d is aryl optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4
substituents independently selected from halo, C.sub.1-6alkyl,
C.sub.1-6alkoxy, hydroxy, amino, --N(C.sub.1-6alkyl).sub.2, nitro,
--CN, and --CF.sub.3.
[0124] When part of the group --SR.sup.d, another more specific
value for R.sup.d is phenyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or
4 substituents independently selected from fluoro and
C.sub.1-3alkyl.
[0125] A specific group of compounds of the invention are compounds
wherein R.sup.11 or R.sup.12 is methylthio, 2-methylphenylthio,
4-methyl-2-pyrimidylthio, 4-fluorophenylthio, or
4-methylphenylthio.
[0126] A specific group of compounds of the invention are compounds
wherein R.sup.11 is hydrogen or alkyl, R.sup.12 is
--SO.sub.2NR.sup.dR.sup.e; and R.sup.11 is hydrogen.
[0127] A specific group of compounds of the invention are compounds
wherein R.sup.11 is --SO.sub.2NR.sup.dR.sup.e, R.sup.12 is hydrogen
or alkyl; and R.sup.11 is hydrogen.
[0128] When part of the group --SO.sub.2NR.sup.dR.sup.e, a specific
value for R.sup.d is alkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; and for R.sub.e is
hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; wherein each alkyl, aryl, or
heteroaryl, is optionally substituted with one or more (e.g. 1, 2,
3, or 4) substituents independently selected from R.sup.h; or
R.sup.d and R.sup.e together with the nitrogen atom to which they
are attached is a heterocyclic ring having from 5 to 7 ring atoms,
wherein the heterocyclic ring optionally contains 1 or 2 additional
heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, sulfur or
nitrogen.
[0129] When part of the group --SO.sub.2NR.sup.dR.sup.e, a specific
value for R.sup.d and R.sup.e independently is hydrogen, alkyl,
aryl, or heteroaryl; wherein each alkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl, is
optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituents
independently selected from R.sup.h.
[0130] As a substituent as part of the group
--SO.sub.2NR.sup.dR.sup.e, a specific value for R.sup.h is halo,
C.sub.1-8alkyl, C.sub.1-8alkoxy, --S--C.sub.1-8alkyl, aryl,
hydroxy, amino, --NHC.sub.1-6alkyl, --N(C.sub.1-6alkyl).sub.2,
--OC(.dbd.O)C.sub.1-6alkyl, --C(.dbd.O)C.sub.1-6alkyl,
--C(.dbd.O)OC.sub.1-6alkyl, --NHC(.dbd.O)C.sub.1-6alkyl,
--C(.dbd.O)NHC.sub.1-6alkyl, carboxy, nitro, --CN, or
--CF.sub.3.
[0131] Another specific value for R.sup.h in the above context is
halo, C.sub.1-6alkyl, C.sub.1-6alkoxy, or --CF.sub.3.
[0132] When part of the group --SO.sub.2NR.sup.dR.sup.e, a specific
value for R.sup.d and R.sup.e together with the nitrogen atom to
which they are attached is a heterocyclic ring having from 5 to 7
ring atoms, wherein the heterocyclic ring optionally contains 1 or
2 additional heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, sulfur
or nitrogen.
[0133] When part of the group --SO.sub.2NR.sup.dR.sup.e, a specific
value for R.sup.d and R.sup.e independently is alkyl; wherein each
alkyl is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 alkoxy
substituents.
[0134] When part of the group --SO.sub.2NR.sup.dR.sup.e, a specific
value for R.sup.d or R.sup.e is phenyl, or naphthyl; wherein each
phenyl and naphthyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4
substituents independently selected from halo, C.sub.1-6alkyl,
C.sub.1-6alkoxy, and --CF.sub.3.
[0135] When part of the group --SO.sub.2NR.sup.dR.sup.e, a specific
value for R.sup.d or R.sup.e is heteroaryl; wherein each heteroaryl
is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituents
independently selected from halo, C.sub.1-6alkyl, C.sub.1-6alkoxy,
and --CF.sub.3. Preferably heteroaryl is pyridyl, pyrimidyl, or
thiazolyl.
[0136] A preferred group of compounds are compounds wherein
R.sup.11 or R.sup.12 is --SO.sub.2NR.sup.dR.sup.e; wherein R.sup.d
is 4-heptyl-6-methyl-2-pyrimidyl, 5-methoxy-2-pyrimidyl, 2-pyridyl,
phenyl, 2,6-dimethylphenyl, 2-thiazoyl, 2-trifluoromethylphenyl, or
3,5-dichlorophenyl; and R.sup.e is hydrogen or ethyl.
[0137] Another preferred group of compounds are compounds of the
invention wherein R.sup.11 or R.sup.12 is
--SO.sub.2NR.sup.dR.sup.e; wherein R.sup.d and R.sup.e together
with the atoms to which they are attached are piperidino or
morpholino.
[0138] A specific group of compounds of the invention are compounds
wherein R.sup.11 is hydrogen or alkyl; R.sup.12 is
--SO.sub.2R.sup.d; and R.sup.13 is hydrogen.
[0139] Another specific group of compounds of the invention are
compounds wherein R.sup.11 is --SO.sub.2R.sup.d; R.sup.12 is
hydrogen or alkyl; and R.sup.13 is hydrogen.
[0140] When part of the group --SO.sub.2R.sup.d, a specific value
for R.sup.d is alkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl.
[0141] When part of the group --SO.sub.2R.sup.d, a specific value
for R.sup.d is aryl optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4
substituents independently selected from halo, C.sub.1-6alkyl,
C.sub.1-6alkoxy, and --CF.sub.3.
[0142] When part of the group --SO.sub.2R.sup.d, a specific value
for R.sup.d is phenyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2
substituents independently selected from halo and
C.sub.1-6alkyl.
[0143] A preferred group of compounds of the invention are
compounds wherein R.sup.11 or R.sup.12 is --SO.sub.2R.sup.d;
wherein R.sup.d is phenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, methyl, or
4-fluorophenyl.
[0144] A specific group of compounds of the invention are compounds
wherein at least one of R.sup.11, R.sup.12, and R.sup.13 is
--OR.sup.d and each of the other two of R.sup.11, R.sup.12, and
R.sup.13 is independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen, alkyl, --O-alkyl, and halo; wherein any alkyl or
--O-alkyl is optionally substituted with aryl, or with one or more
(e.g. 1, 2, 3, or 4) halo substituents.
[0145] A specific group of compounds of the invention are compounds
wherein R.sup.11 is --OR.sup.d.
[0146] A specific group of compounds of the invention are compounds
wherein R.sup.12 is --OR.sup.d
[0147] A specific group of compounds of the invention are compounds
wherein R.sup.13 is --OR.sup.d
[0148] A specific group of compounds of the invention are compounds
wherein R.sup.11 is hydrogen; R.sup.12 is --OR.sup.d; and R.sup.13
is hydrogen.
[0149] A specific group of compounds of the invention are compounds
wherein R.sup.11 is --OR.sup.d; R.sup.12 is hydrogen; and R.sup.13
is hydrogen.
[0150] When part of the group --OR.sup.d, a specific value for
R.sup.d is alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more (e.g. 1,
2, 3, or 4) halo substituents and also optionally substituted with
1, 2, 3, or 4 aryl substituents, wherein each aryl is optionally
substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituents independently selected
from halo, C.sub.1-6alkyl, C.sub.1-6alkoxy, hydroxy, amino,
--NHC.sub.1-6alkyl, --N(C.sub.1-6alkyl).sub.2,
--OC(.dbd.O)C.sub.1-6alkyl, --C(.dbd.O)C.sub.1-6alkyl,
--C(.dbd.O)OC.sub.1-6alkyl, --NHC(.dbd.O)C.sub.1-6alkyl,
--C(.dbd.O)NHC.sub.1-6alkyl, carboxy, nitro, --CN, and
--CF.sub.3.
[0151] When part of the group --OR.sup.d, a specific value for
R.sup.d is alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more (e.g. 1,
2, 3, or 4) halo substituents and also optionally substituted with
1 or 2 phenyl substituents, wherein each phenyl is optionally
substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from
halo, C.sub.1-6alkyl, C.sub.1-6alkoxy, hydroxy, --CN, and
--CF.sub.3.
[0152] A specific group of compounds of the invention are compounds
wherein R.sup.11 and R.sup.12 together with the atoms to which they
are attached form a saturated or unsaturated 5, 6, or 7 membered
ring comprising one or more carbon atoms and 1 or 2 heteroatoms
independently selected from oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen; and
R.sup.13 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl,
--O-alkyl, and halo; wherein any alkyl or --O-alkyl is optionally
substituted with aryl, or with one or more (e.g. 1, 2, 3, or 4)
halo substituents.
[0153] A more specific group of compounds of the invention are
compounds wherein R.sup.11 and R.sup.12 together are
--OCH.sub.2O--, --OCH.sub.2CH.sub.2O--, or --OCH.sub.2CH.sub.2
CH.sub.2O--.
[0154] A specific group of compounds of the invention are compounds
wherein R.sup.11, R.sup.12 or R.sup.13 is methoxy, ethoxy,
benzyloxy, or isopropoxy.
[0155] A specific group of compounds of the invention are compounds
wherein R.sup.11, R.sup.12 and R.sup.13 are each hydrogen.
[0156] A specific group of compounds of the invention are compounds
wherein at least one of R.sup.11, R.sup.12, and R.sup.13 is alkyl
and each of the other two of R.sup.11, R.sup.12, and R.sup.13 is
independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,
alkyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxy, and halo, wherein any alkyl is
optionally substituted with aryl, with one or more (e.g. 1, 2, 3,
or 4) halo, or with 1 or 2-O-alkyl substituents; or wherein
R.sup.11 and R.sup.12 together with the atoms to which they are
attached form a saturated or unsaturated 5, 6, or 7 membered
carbocyclic ring.
[0157] A specific group of compounds of the invention are compounds
wherein at least one of R.sup.11, R.sup.12, and R.sup.13 is alkyl
and each of the other two of R.sup.11, R.sup.12, and R.sup.13 is
independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,
alkyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxy, and halo, wherein any alkyl is
optionally substituted with aryl, with one or more (e.g. 1, 2, 3,
or 4) halo, or with 1 or 2-O-alkyl substituents.
[0158] A specific group of compounds of the invention are compounds
wherein R.sup.11 and R.sup.12 together with the atoms to which they
are attached form a saturated or unsaturated 5, 6, or 7 membered
carbocyclic ring; and R.sup.13 is selected from the group
consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxy, and halo,
wherein any alkyl is optionally substituted with aryl, with one or
more (e.g. 1, 2, 3, or 4) halo, or with 1 or 2-O-alkyl
substituents.
[0159] A specific value for R.sup.13 is hydrogen.
[0160] A specific group of compounds of the invention are compounds
wherein R.sup.11 is hydrogen; R.sup.12 is alkyl; and R.sup.13 is
hydrogen.
[0161] A specific group of compounds of the invention are compounds
wherein R.sup.11 is alkyl; R.sup.12 is hydrogen; and R.sup.13 is
hydrogen.
[0162] A preferred group of compounds of the invention are
compounds wherein R.sup.11 or R.sup.12 is methyl, ethyl, isopropyl,
or cyclohexyl; or wherein R.sup.11 and R.sup.12 taken together are
--CH.sub.2CH.sub.2CH.sub.2--.
[0163] A specific group of compounds of the invention are compounds
wherein at least one of R.sup.11, R.sup.12, and R.sup.13 is aryl;
and each of the other two of R.sup.11, R.sup.12, and R.sup.13 is
independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,
alkyl, --O-alkyl, and halo, wherein any alkyl or --O-alkyl is
optionally substituted with aryl, with one or more (e.g. l, 2, 3,
or 4) halo, or with 1 or 2-O-alkyl substituents;
[0164] or wherein R.sup.11 and R.sup.12 together with the atoms to
which they are attached form a fused benzo ring, which benzo ring
can optionally be substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 R.sup.c; and
R.sup.13 is independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen, alkyl, --O-alkyl, and halo, wherein any alkyl or
--O-alkyl is optionally substituted with aryl, with one or more
(e.g. 1, 2, 3, or 4) halo, or with 1 or 2-O-alkyl substituents.
[0165] A specific group of compounds of the invention are compounds
wherein at least one of R.sup.11, R.sup.12, and R.sup.13 is aryl;
and each of the other two of R.sup.11, R.sup.12, and R.sup.13 is
independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,
alkyl, --O-alkyl, and halo, wherein any alkyl or --O-alkyl is
optionally substituted with aryl, with one or more (e.g. 1, 2, 3,
or 4) halo, or with 1 or 2-O-alkyl substituents.
[0166] A specific group of compounds of the invention are compounds
wherein R.sup.11 is phenyl, optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or
4 alkyl, --OR.sup.d, --NO.sub.2, halo, --NR.sup.dR.sup.e,
--C(.dbd.O)R.sup.d, --CO.sub.2R.sup.d, --OC(.dbd.O)R.sup.d, --CN,
--C(.dbd.O)NR.sup.dR.sup.e, --NR.sup.dC(.dbd.O)R.sup.e,
--OC(.dbd.O)NR.sup.dR.sup.e, --NR.sup.dC(.dbd.O)OR.sup.e,
--NR.sup.dC(.dbd.O)NR.sup.dR.sup.e, --CR.sup.d(.dbd.N--OR.sup.e),
--CF.sub.3, or --OCF.sub.3; R.sup.12 is selected from the group
consisting of hydrogen and --O-alkyl, optionally substituted with
aryl, or with one or more (e.g. 1, 2, 3, or 4) halo; and R.sup.13
is hydrogen.
[0167] A specific group of compounds of the invention are compounds
wherein R.sup.11 is phenyl, optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or
4 alkyl, --OR.sup.d, halo, --CF.sub.3, or --OCF.sub.3; R.sup.12 is
selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and --O-alkyl,
optionally substituted with aryl, or with one or more (e.g. 1, 2,
3, or 4) halo; and R.sup.13 is hydrogen.
[0168] A specific group of compounds of the invention are compounds
wherein R.sup.11 or R.sup.12 is phenyl.
[0169] A specific group of compounds of the invention are compounds
wherein R.sup.11 and R.sup.12 together with the atoms to which they
are attached form a fused benzo ring.
[0170] A specific group of compounds of the invention are compounds
wherein at least one of R.sup.11, R.sup.12, and R.sup.13 is
heterocyclyl; and each of the other two of R.sup.11, R.sup.12, and
R.sup.13 is independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen, alkyl, --O-alkyl, and halo, wherein any alkyl or
--O-alkyl is optionally substituted with aryl, with one or more
(e.g. 1, 2, 3, or 4) halo, or with 1 or 2-O-alkyl substituents;
[0171] or wherein R.sup.11 and R.sup.12 together with the atoms to
which they are attached form a heterocyclic ring.
[0172] A specific group of compounds of the invention are compounds
wherein R.sup.11 and R.sup.12 together with the atoms to which they
are attached form a saturated or unsaturated 5, 6, or 7 membered
ring comprising carbon atoms and optionally comprising 1 or 2
heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen,
wherein said ring can optionally be substituted on carbon with one
or two oxo (.dbd.O), and wherein said ring is fused to a benzo
ring, which benzo ring can optionally be substituted with 1, 2, 3,
or 4 R.sup.e; and R.sup.13 is independently selected from the group
consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, --O-alkyl, and halo, wherein any
alkyl or --O-alkyl is optionally substituted with aryl, with one or
more halo, or with 1 or 2-O-alkyl substituents.
[0173] A specific group of compounds of the invention are compounds
wherein R.sup.11 or R.sup.12 is
2,3-dihydro-5-methyl-3-oxo-1-pyrazolyl; or wherein R.sup.11 and
R.sup.12 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a
2-oxobenzopyran ring.
[0174] Another specific group of compounds of the invention are
compounds wherein R.sup.11 or R.sup.12 is anilino,
trifluoromethoxy, or methoxycarbonyl.
[0175] A sub-group of compounds of the invention are compounds of
formula (I) wherein each of R.sup.1-R.sup.5 is independently
selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and R.sup.a;
wherein each R.sup.a is independently --OR.sup.d, halo,
--NR.sup.dR.sup.e, --NR.sup.dC(.dbd.O)R.sup.e, or
--OC(.dbd.O)NR.sup.dR.sup.e;
[0176] or R.sup.1 and R.sup.2, or R.sup.4 and R.sup.5, are joined
together to form a group selected from the group consisting of
--C(R.sup.d)=C(R.sup.d)C(.dbd.O)NR.sup.d--,
--CR.sup.dR.sup.d--CR.sup.dR.- sup.d--C(.dbd.O)NR.sup.d--,
--NR.sup.dC(.dbd.O)C(R.sup.d).dbd.C(R.sup.d)--- ,
--NR.sup.dC(.dbd.O)CR.sup.dR.sup.d--CR.sup.dR.sup.d--,
--NR.sup.dC(.dbd.O)S--, and --SC(.dbd.O)NR.sup.d--;
[0177] R.sup.6, R.sup.8, and R.sup.10 are each hydrogen;
[0178] each of R.sup.11 and R.sup.12 is independently selected from
the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl,
alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, --NO.sub.2, halo,
--NR.sup.dR.sup.e, --CO.sub.2R.sup.d, --OC(.dbd.O)R.sup.d, --CN,
--C(.dbd.O)NR.sup.dR.sup.e, --NR.sup.dC(.dbd.O)R.sup.e, --OR.sup.d,
S(O).sub.mR.sup.d, --NR.sup.d--NR.sup.d--C(.dbd.O)R.sup.d,
--NR.sup.d--N.dbd.CR.sup.dR.sup.d- , --N(NR.sup.dR.sup.e)R.sup.d,
and --S(O).sub.2NR.sup.dR.sup.e;
[0179] wherein for R.sup.1-R.sup.5, R.sup.11, and R.sup.12, each
alkyl is optionally substituted with R.sup.m, or with 1, 2, 3, or 4
substituents independently selected from R.sup.b; for R.sup.11 and
R.sup.12, each aryl and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with
1, 2, 3, or 4 substituents independently selected from R.sup.c, and
for R.sup.11 and R.sup.12, each cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is
optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituents
independently selected from R.sup.b and R.sup.c;
[0180] R.sup.13 is hydrogen;
[0181] the group comprising --NR.sup.10 is meta or para to the
group comprising R.sup.7; and
[0182] w is 0, 1, or 2.
[0183] Preferably within the above sub-group of compounds, each of
R.sup.11 and R.sup.12 is independently selected from the group
consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl,
--OR.sup.d, --S(O).sub.mR.sup.d, and --S(O).sub.2NR.sup.dR.sup.e;
wherein each alkyl is optionally substituted with 1 or 2
substituents independently selected from R.sup.b, each aryl is
optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently
selected from R.sup.c, and each heterocyclyl is optionally
substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from
R.sup.b and R.sup.c; and m is 0 or 2.
[0184] More preferably for such compounds, R.sup.7 is hydrogen;
[0185] each of R.sup.11 and R.sup.12 is independently selected from
the group consisting of hydrogen, C.sub.1-6alkyl, cyclohexyl,
phenyl, pyrazolinyl, --OR.sup.d, --S(O).sub.mR.sup.d, and
--S(O).sub.2NR.sup.dR.s- up.e;
[0186] w is 0; and
[0187] R.sup.d and R.sup.e are independently selected from the
group consisting of hydrogen, C.sub.1-6alkyl, phenyl, --CF.sub.3,
and C.sub.1-3alkyl, pyridyl, thiazolyl, pyrimidinyl, and
pyrazolinyl, where each phenyl is optionally substituted with 1 or
2 substitutents independently selected from halo, --CF.sub.3, and
C.sub.1-3alkyl, each pyrimidinyl is optionally substituted with 1
or 2 substitutents independently selected from C.sub.1-3alkyl and
OC.sub.1-3alkyl, and each pyrazolinyl is optionally substituted
with 1 or 2 substitutents independently selected from
C.sub.1-3alkyl and carboxy; or
[0188] R.sup.d and R.sup.e, together with the nitrogen atom to
which they are attached are morpholino or piperidino.
[0189] Within the more preferred sub-group, one most preferred
sub-group of compounds are compounds wherein R.sup.11 is --SR.sup.d
and R.sup.12 is hydrogen, or R.sup.11 is hydrogen and R.sup.12 is
--SR.sup.d, wherein R.sup.d is selected from the group consisting
of C.sub.1-3alkyl, phenyl, and pyrimidinyl, and wherein each phenyl
is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substitutents independently
selected from halo and C.sub.1-3 alkyl, and each pyrimidinyl is
optionally substituted with C.sub.1-3alkyl.
[0190] Another most preferred sub-group of compounds are compounds
wherein R.sup.11 is --S(O).sub.2NR.sup.dR.sup.e and R.sup.12 is
hydrogen or alkyl, or R.sup.11 is hydrogen or alkyl and R.sup.12 is
--S(O).sub.2NR.sup.dR.sup.e, wherein R.sup.d and R.sup.e are
independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,
C.sub.1-3alkyl, phenyl, pyridyl, thiazolyl, and pyrimidinyl, and
wherein each phenyl is optionally substituted with 1 substitutent
selected from halo and C.sub.1-3 alkyl, and each pyrimidinyl is
optionally substituted with 1 substitutent selected from C.sub.1-3
alkyl and O--C.sub.1-3 alkyl; or R.sup.d and R.sup.e, together with
the nitrogen atom to which they are attached are morpholino or
piperidino.
[0191] Another most preferred sub-group of compounds are compounds
wherein R.sup.11 is --SO.sub.2R.sup.d and R.sup.12 is hydrogen, or
R.sup.11 is hydrogen and R.sup.12 is --SO.sub.2R.sup.d, wherein Rd
is C.sub.1-3alkyl or phenyl, and wherein each phenyl is optionally
substituted with 1 substituent selected from halo and
C.sub.1-3alkyl.
[0192] Another most preferred sub-group of compounds are compounds
wherein R.sup.11 is --OR.sup.d and R.sup.12 is hydrogen or
--OR.sup.d; or R.sup.11 is hydrogen and R.sup.12 is --OR.sup.d,
wherein R.sup.d is C.sub.1-3alkyl.
[0193] Another most preferred sub-group of compounds are compounds
wherein R.sup.11 is C.sub.1-3alkyl and R.sup.12 is hydrogen or
C.sub.1-3alkyl; or R.sup.11 is cyclohexane and R.sup.12 is
hydroxy.
[0194] Another most preferred sub-group of compounds are compounds
wherein R.sup.11 is hydrogen or phenyl; and R.sup.12 is
--OC.sub.1-3alkyl; or wherein R.sup.11 is phenyl and R.sup.12 is
hydrogen.
[0195] Yet another most preferred sub-group of compounds within the
more preferred sub-group defined above are compounds wherein
R.sup.12 is hydrogen and R.sup.11 is SO.sub.2NR.sup.dR.sup.e,
wherein R.sup.d and R.sup.e, together with the nitrogen atom to
which they are attached, are morpholino or piperidino.
[0196] Another preferred group of compounds of formula (I) are
compounds of formula (IIa): 5
[0197] wherein:
[0198] R.sup.4 is --CH.sub.2OH or --NHCHO and R.sup.5 is hydrogen;
or R.sup.4 and R.sup.5 taken together are
--NHC(.dbd.O)CH.dbd.CH--;
[0199] R.sup.11 is phenyl or heteroaryl, wherein each phenyl is
optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents selected from halo,
--OR.sup.d, --CN, --NO.sub.2, --SO.sub.2R.sup.d,
--C(.dbd.O)R.sup.d, --C(.dbd.O)NR.sup.dR.sup.e, and C.sub.1-3alkyl,
wherein C.sub.1-3alkyl is optionally substituted with 1 or 2
substituents selected from carboxy, hydroxy, and amino, and each
R.sup.d and R.sup.e is independently hydrogen or C.sub.1-3alkyl;
and wherein each heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1 or 2
C.sub.1-3alkyl substituents; and
[0200] R.sup.12 is hydrogen or --OC.sub.1-6alkyl.
[0201] More preferably, for compounds of formula (II), R.sup.11 is
phenyl, optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents selected
from halo, --OR.sup.d, --CN, --NO.sub.2, SO.sub.2R.sup.d,
--C(.dbd.O)R.sup.d, and C.sub.1-3alkyl, wherein C.sub.1-3alkyl is
optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents selected from
carboxy, hydroxy, and amino, and R.sup.d is hydrogen or
C.sub.1-3alkyl; or R.sup.11 is pyridyl, thiophenyl, furanyl,
pyrrolyl, isoxazolyl, or indolyl, each of which is optionally
substituted with 1 or 2 C.sub.1-3alkyl substituents.
[0202] Most preferable are compounds of formula (IIa), wherein
R.sup.11 is phenyl, pyridyl, or thiophenyl, wherein each phenyl is
optionally substituted with 1 substituent selected from the group
consisting of chloro, --OCH.sub.3, --CN, and --CH.sub.2NH.sub.2;
and R.sup.12 is hydrogen, --OCH.sub.3, or --OC.sub.2H.sub.5. Among
most preferred compounds, particularly preferred are compounds of
formula (II) wherein R.sup.4 and R.sup.5 taken together are
--NHC(.dbd.O)CH.dbd.CH--, R.sup.11 is phenyl or pyridyl, wherein
each phenyl is optionally substituted with 1 substituent selected
from the group consisting of chloro, --OCH.sub.3, --CN, and
--CH.sub.2NH.sub.2, and R.sup.12 is --OCH.sub.3.
[0203] Yet another sub-group of compounds of formula (I) are
compounds of formula (IIb): 6
[0204] wherein:
[0205] R is --CH.sub.2OH or --NHCHO and R.sup.5 is hydrogen; or
R.sup.4 and R.sup.5 taken together are
--NHC(.dbd.O)CH.dbd.CH--;
[0206] R.sup.12 is hydrogen or --OC.sub.1-6alkyl;
[0207] R.sup.17 is --(CH.sub.2).sub.xNR.sup.dR.sup.e wherein each
R.sup.d and R.sup.e is independently hydrogen or C.sub.1-4alkyl,
wherein each C.sub.1-4alkyl is optionally substituted with phenyl
or pyridyl, or R.sup.d and R.sup.e together with the nitrogen atom
to which they are attached is morpholino; and
[0208] x is 0, 1, or 2.
[0209] Preferably, for compounds of formula (IIb), R.sup.12 is
hydrogen, --OCH.sub.3, or --OC.sub.2H.sub.5; and R.sup.17 is
--CH.sub.2NR.sup.dR.sup.e wherein each R.sup.d and R.sup.e is
independently hydrogen or C.sub.1-4alkyl, or R.sup.d is hydrogen
and Re is C.sub.1-4alkyl substituted with phenyl or pyridyl, or
R.sup.d and R.sup.e together with the nitrogen atom to which they
are attached is morpholino. Particularly preferred are compounds of
formula (IIb) wherein R.sup.4 and R.sup.5 taken together are
--NHC(.dbd.O)CH.dbd.CH-- and R.sup.12 and R.sup.17 are as defined
immediately above.
[0210] A preferred compound is any one of compounds 1-117 shown in
the Examples below.
[0211] Most preferred compounds of the invention include the
following:
[0212]
N-{2-[4-(3-phenyl-4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-2-hydroxy-2-(3-
-hydroxymethyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)ethylamine;
[0213]
N-{2-[4-(4-ethoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-2-hydroxy-2-(3-hydroxyme-
thyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)ethylamine;
[0214]
N-{2-[4-(3-phenylphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-2-hydroxy-2-(3-hydroxyme-
thyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)ethylamine;
[0215]
N-{2-[4-(3-phenyl-4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-2-hydroxy-2-(8-
-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine;
[0216]
N-{2-[4-(4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-2-hydroxy-2-(3-hydroxym-
ethyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)ethylamine;
[0217]
N-{2-[4-(3-phenyl-4-ethoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-2-hydroxy-2-(3--
hydroxymethyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)ethylamine;
[0218]
N-{2-[4-(3-phenyl-4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-2-hydroxy-2-(3-
-formamido-4-hydroxyphenyl)ethylamine;
[0219]
N-{2-[4-(4-ethoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-2-hydroxy-2-(3-formamido-
-4-hydroxyphenyl)ethylamine;
[0220]
N-{2-[4-(3-phenylphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-2-hydroxy-2-(3-formamido-
-4-hydroxyphenyl)ethylamine;
[0221]
N-{2-[4-(3-phenyl-4-ethoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-2-hydroxy-2-(3--
formamido-4-hydroxyphenyl)ethylamine;
[0222]
N-{2-[4-(4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-2-hydroxy-2-(3-formamid-
o-4-hydroxyphenyl)ethylamine;
[0223]
N-{2-[4-(4-ethoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-2-hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2-
(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine;
[0224]
N-{2-[4-(3-phenylphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-2-hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2-
(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine;
[0225]
N-{2-[4-(3-phenyl-4-ethoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-2-hydroxy-2-(8--
hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine; and
[0226]
N-{2-[4-(4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-2-hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy--
2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine;
[0227]
N-{2-[4-(3-phenyl-4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy--
2-(3-hydroxymethyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)ethylamine;
[0228]
N-{2-[4-(4-ethoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(3-hydro-
xymethyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)ethylamine;
[0229]
N-{2-[4-(3-phenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(3-hydroxymeth-
yl-4-hydroxyphenyl)ethylamine;
[0230]
N-{2-[4-(3-phenyl-4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy--
2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine;
[0231]
N-{2-[4-(4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(3-hydr-
oxymethyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)ethylamine;
[0232]
N-{2-[4-(3-phenyl-4-ethoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-
-(3-hydroxymethyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)ethylamine;
[0233]
N-{2-[4-(3-phenyl-4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy--
2-(3-formamido-4-hydroxyphenyl)ethylamine;
[0234]
N-{2-[4-(4-ethoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(3-forma-
mido-4-hydroxyphenyl)ethylamine;
[0235]
N-{2-[4-(3-phenylphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(3-forma-
mido-4-hydroxyphenyl)ethylamine;
[0236]
N-{2-[4-(3-phenyl-4-ethoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-
-(3-formamido-4-hydroxyphenyl)ethylamine;
[0237]
N-{2-[4-(4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(3-form-
amido-4-hydroxyphenyl)ethylamine;
[0238]
N-{2-[4-(4-ethoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8-hydro-
xy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine;
[0239]
N-{2-[4-(3-phenylphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8-hydro-
xy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine;
N-{2-[4-(3-phenyl-4-ethoxyphenyl)amin-
ophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine-
;
[0240]
N-{2-[4-(4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8-hydr-
oxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine;
[0241]
N-{2-[4-(3-(2-chlorophenyl)phenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy--
2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine;
[0242]
N-{2-[4-(3-(2-methoxyphenyl)phenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy-
-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine;
[0243]
N-{2-[4-(3-(3-cyanophenyl)phenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-
-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine;
[0244]
N-{2-[4-(3-(4-aminomethylphenyl)phenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hyd-
roxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine;
[0245]
N-{2-[4-(3-(3-chlorophenyl)phenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy--
2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine;
[0246]
N-{2-[4-(3-(4-aminomethylphenyl)-4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-
-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine;
[0247]
N-{2-[4-(3-(3-cyanophenyl)-4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-
-hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine;
[0248]
N-{2-[4-(3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-
-2-hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine;
[0249]
N-{2-[4-(3-(3-pyridyl)phenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8--
hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine;
[0250]
N-{2-[4-(3-(3-pyridyl)-4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hyd-
roxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine;
[0251]
N-{2-[4-(3-(4-pyridyl)-4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hyd-
roxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine;
[0252]
N-{2-[4-(3-(thiophen-3-yl)-4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-
-hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1 h)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine;
[0253]
N-{2-[4-(3-(3-chlorophenyl)-4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)--
2-hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine; and
[0254]
N-{2-[4-(3-(3-aminomethylphenyl)-4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-
-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine.
[0255] Particular mention may be made of the following compounds,
for which the compound numbers used in the following examples are
indicated in parentheses:
[0256]
N-{2-[4-(3-phenyl-4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy--
2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine (61);
[0257]
N-{2-[4-(3-(4-aminomethylphenyl)-4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-
-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine
(96);
[0258]
N-{2-[4-(3-(3-cyanophenyl)-4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-
-hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine (95);
[0259]
N-{2-[4-(3-(3-chlorophenyl)-4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)--
2-hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine (102);
and
[0260]
N-{2-[4-(3-(3-aminomethylphenyl)-4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-
-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine
(112).
[0261] A consistent chemical nomenclature is employed throughout
this application. In an alternative nomenclature, using the
automatic naming program AutoNom, as provided by MDL Information
Systems, GmbH (Frankfurt, Germany), compound 61, for example, is
referenced as
8-hydroxy-5-((R)-1-hydroxy-2-{2-[4-(6-methoxy-biphenyl-3-ylamino)-phenyl]-
-ethylamino}1-ethyl)-1H-quinolin-2-one.
[0262] As described throughout, the invention also includes
pharmaceutically-acceptable salts of the compounds of the
invention. A preferred pharmaceutically-acceptable salt of compound
61 is the hydrochloride salt.
[0263] The compounds of the invention contain one or more chiral
centers Accordingly, the invention includes racemic mixtures, pure
stereoisomers (i.e. individual enantiomers or diastereomers), and
stereoisomer-enriched mixtures of such isomers, unless otherwise
indicated. When a particular stereoisomer is shown, it will be
understood by those skilled in the art, that minor amounts of other
stereoisomers may be present in the compositions of this invention
unless otherwise indicated, provided that the utility of the
composition as a whole is not eliminated by the presence of such
other isomers. In particular, compounds of the invention contain a
chiral center at the alkylene carbon in formulas (I) and (II) to
which the hydroxy group is attached. When a mixture of
stereoisomers is employed, it is advantageous for the amount of the
stereoisomer with the (R) orientation at the chiral center bearing
the hydroxy group to be greater than the amount of the
corresponding (S) stereoisomer. When comparing stereoisomers of the
same compound, the (R) stereoisomer is preferred over the (S)
stereoisomer.
[0264] General Synthetic Procedures
[0265] The compounds of the invention can be prepared using the
methods and procedures described herein, or using similar methods
and procedures. It will be appreciated that where typical or
preferred process conditions (i.e., reaction temperatures, times,
mole ratios of reactants, solvents, pressures, etc.) are given,
other process conditions can also be used unless otherwise stated.
Optimum reaction conditions may vary with the particular reactants
or solvent used, but such conditions can be determined by one
skilled in the art by routine optimization procedures.
[0266] Additionally, as will be apparent to those skilled in the
art, conventional protecting groups may be used to prevent certain
functional groups from undergoing undesired reactions. The choice
of a suitable protecting group for a particular functional group,
as well as suitable conditions for protection and deprotection, are
well known in the art. Representative examples of amino-protecting
groups and hydroxy-protecting groups are given above. Typical
procedures for their removal include the following. An acyl
amino-protecting group or hydroxy-protecting group may conveniently
be removed, for example, by treatment with an acid, such as
trifluoroacetic acid. An arylmethyl group may conveniently be
removed by hydrogenolysis over a suitable metal catalyst such as
palladium on carbon. A silyl hydroxy-protecting group may
conveniently be removed by treatment with a fluoride ion source,
such as tetrabutylammonium fluoride, or by treatment with an acid,
such as hydrochloric acid.
[0267] In addition, numerous protecting groups (including
amino-protecting groups and hydroxy-protecting groups), and their
introduction and removal, are described in Greene and Wuts,
Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis, 2nd Edition, John Wiley
& Sons, NY, 1991, and in McOmie, Protecting Groups in Organic
Chemistry, Plenum Press, NY, 1973.
[0268] Processes for preparing compounds of the invention are
provided as further embodiments of the invention and are
illustrated by the procedures below.
[0269] A compound of formula (I) can be prepared by deprotecting a
corresponding compound of formula (III): 7
[0270] wherein R.sup.15 is an amino-protecting group. Accordingly,
the invention provides a method for preparing a compound of formula
(I), comprising deprotecting a corresponding compound of formula
(III), wherein R.sup.15 is an amino-protecting group (e.g.
1,1-(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl or benzyl).
[0271] A compound of formula (I) wherein R.sup.3 is hydroxy can be
prepared by deprotecting a corresponding compound of formula (I)
wherein R.sup.3 is --OPg.sup.1 and Pg.sup.1 is a hydroxy-protecting
group. Accordingly, the invention provides a method for preparing a
compound of formula (I) wherein R.sup.3 is hydroxy, comprising
deprotecting a corresponding compound of formula (I) wherein
R.sup.3 is --OPg.sup.1 and Pg.sup.1 is a hydroxy-protecting group
(e.g. benzyl).
[0272] A compound of formula (I) wherein R.sup.3 is hydroxy can
also be prepared by deprotecting a corresponding compound of
formula (III) wherein R 5 is an amino-protecting group and wherein
R.sup.3 is --OPg.sup.1 wherein Pg.sup.1 is a hydroxy-protecting
group. Accordingly, the invention provides a method for preparing a
compound of formula (I), comprising deprotecting a corresponding
compound of formula (E) wherein R.sup.15 is an amino-protecting
group (e.g. benzyl) and R.sup.3 is --OPg.sup.1 wherein Pg.sup.1 is
a hydroxy-protecting group (e.g. benzyl).
[0273] The invention also provides an intermediate compound of
formula (III) wherein R.sup.15 is an amino-protecting group (e.g.
1,1-di-(4'-methoxyphenyl)methyl or benzyl); as well as an
intermediate compound of formula (I) wherein R.sup.3 is --OPg.sup.1
and Pg.sup.1 is a hydroxy-protecting group; and an intermediate
compound of formula (III) wherein R.sup.15 is an amino-protecting
group (e.g. benzyl), R.sup.3 is --OPg.sup.1, and Pg.sub.1 is a
hydroxy-protecting group (e.g. benzyl).
[0274] An intermediate compound of formula (III) can be prepared by
reacting an amine of formula (V) with a compound of formula (IV),
wherein R.sup.16 is hydrogen or a hydroxy-protecting group (e.g.
tert-butyldimethylsilyl) and X is a suitable leaving group (e.g.
bromo). 8
[0275] Accordingly, the invention provides a method for preparing a
compound of formula (III), comprising reacting a corresponding
aniline of formula (V) with a corresponding compound of formula
(IV), wherein X is a suitable leaving group (e.g. bromo) and
R.sup.15 is an amino-protecting group, in the presence of a
transition metal catalyst. When R is a hydroxy-protecting group,
the intermediate formed by the reaction of a compound of formula
(V) with a compound of formula (IV) is subsequently deprotected to
form the intermediate of formula (III). Suitable conditions for
this reaction as well as suitable leaving groups are illustrated in
the Examples and are also known in the art.
[0276] A compound of formula (III) can also be prepared by reacting
an amine of formula (VII): 9
[0277] wherein R.sup.14 is hydrogen and R.sup.15 is an
amino-protecting group (e.g. benzyl), with a compound of formula
(VI), (VIII), or (IX): 10
[0278] wherein R.sup.16 is hydrogen or a hydroxy-protecting group
(e.g. tert-butyldimethylsilyl) and Z is a leaving group.
[0279] Accordingly, the invention provides a method for preparing a
compound of formula (III), comprising reacting a corresponding
amine of formula (VII), wherein R.sup.14 is hydrogen and R.sup.15
is an amino-protecting group, with a corresponding compound of
formula (VI), (VIII), or (IX), wherein R.sup.16 is hydrogen or a
hydroxy-protecting group and Z is a suitable leaving group (e.g.
bromo). When R is a hydroxy-protecting group, the intermediate
formed by the reaction of a compound of formula (VII) with a
compound of formula (VI) is subsequently deprotected to form the
intermediate of formula (III).
[0280] The invention also provides a method for preparing a
compound of formula (I), wherein R.sup.3 is --OPg.sup.1 and
Pg.sup.1 is a hydroxy-protecting group, comprising reacting a
corresponding compound of formula (VII) wherein R.sup.14 and
R.sup.15 are each hydrogen with a corresponding compound of formula
(VI), wherein R.sup.3 is --OPg.sup.1 and Pg.sup.1 is a
hydroxy-protecting group and R.sup.16 is a hydroxy-protecting
group.
[0281] Depending on the specific values of the substituents,
variations on the synthetic schemes described above can be
employed, particularly in the order of coupling and deprotection
reactions, to produce a compound of the invention. For example, a
compound of formula (I) wherein R.sup.3 is hydroxy and R.sup.13 is
hydrogen can be prepared by reacting an intermediate of formula (I)
wherein R.sup.3 is --OPg.sup.1, where Pg.sup.1 is a
hydroxy-protecting group, and R.sup.11 is a suitable leaving group
(e.g. bromo) with an appropriately substituted boronic acid to form
an intermediate, which is subsequently deprotected, as illustrated
in Examples 65-102.
[0282] According to yet another method, a compound of formula (I)
can be prepared by coupling an intermediate of formula (IV) wherein
R.sup.15 is hydrogen and R.sup.16 is a hydroxy-protecting group
with a compound of formula (V), where the remaining variables are
defined as in formula (I), in the presence of a transition metal
catalyst, typically palladium, to form a protected intermediate,
followed by removing the protecting group R.sup.16 to form a
compound of formula (I).
[0283] To form a compound of formula (I) wherein R.sup.3 is
hydroxy, a compound of formula (IV) wherein R.sup.3 is --OPg.sup.1
and Pg.sup.1 is a hydroxy-protecting group, for example benzyl, is
used in the above method to provide an intermediate of formula (I)
in which R.sup.3 is --OPg.sup.1, from which the protecting group
Pg.sup.1 is removed to form the product of formula (I) having a
hydroxy at R.sup.3.
[0284] A palladium-based catalyst is typically used in the process
of coupling intermediates (IV) and (V) to provide a diarylamine
compound of formula (I). As a result the compounds of this
invention or intermediates thereof can be contaminated with
unacceptable levels of palladium impurities. It has now been
discovered that such palladium impurities can be removed from
compounds of this invention or intermediates thereof using a
functionalized solid support comprising (1-thioureido)alkyl or
(mercapto)alkyl groups.
[0285] The compound to be purified of palladium is dissolved in a
solvent compatible with the solid support, where a compatible
solvent is one that does not affect the performance of the
functionalized solid support. If the compound is in a free base
form, an amount of acid, preferably hydrochloric acid, sufficient
to convert the basic nitrogens of the compound to protonated form
is added. Between about 1.05 and about 1.2 equivalents of HCl per
basic nitrogen is a sufficient amount. The resulting solution is
diluted further with solvent and a functionalized solid support
comprising (1-thioureido)alkyl or (mercapto)alkyl groups is added.
Preferably the solid support is a silica gel comprising
3-(1-thioureido)propyl or 3-(mercapto)propyl groups. Preferably
between about 5 and about 15 weight % of the functionalized silica
gel is added. A preferred solvent compatible with the
functionalized silica gel is a mixture of dichloromethane and
methanol.
[0286] The resulting solution is separated from the solid support
and the product is isolated. For example, the solution is stirred
at room temperature for several hours followed by filtration
through filter paper. The remaining silica is washed with
additional solvent. Combined filtrates are washed with saturated
aqueous sodium bicarbonate and brine. The organic solution is
treated with anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and evaporated
under reduced pressure to give the product. The purification of an
intermediate in the preparation of compound 61 by this process is
described in detail in Example 61C part f.
[0287] Accordingly, in yet another method aspect, this invention
provides a method of reducing the amount of palladium in a
composition comprising a diarylamine compound and palladium, the
method comprising (a) contacting a solution comprising a
diarylamine compound having one or more basic nitrogen atoms
wherein each nitrogen atom has been protonated with an acid,
palladium, and a solvent, with a functionalized solid support
comprising (1-thioureido)alkyl or (mercapto)alkyl groups; and (b)
separating the resulting solution from the solid support to provide
a composition having a reduced amount of palladium, wherein the
solvent is compatible with the functionalized solid support. In
addition, the invention provides a method of reducing palladium in
a composition wherein the diarylamine compound is
N-{2-[4-(3-phenyl-4-methoxyphenyl)ami-
nophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8-benzyloxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylam-
ine. Preferably, in the method of removing palladium from the
diarylamine compound immediately above, the acid is hydrochloric
acid; the solvent comprises a mixture of dichloromethane and
methanol, and the functionalized solid support is a silica gel
comprising 3-(1-thioureido)propyl or 3-(mercapto)propyl groups.
[0288] The invention further provides a compound produced by the
process comprising (a) coupling an intermediate of formula (IV)
wherein R.sup.15 is hydrogen and R.sup.16 is a hydroxy-protecting
group with a compound of formula (V), where the remaining variables
are defined as in formula (I) and R.sup.3 can additionally be
defined as --OPg.sup.1, in the presence of a palladium catalyst, to
form a protected intermediate; (b) removing the protecting group
R.sup.16 from the protected intermediate to form a compound of
formula (I); (c) contacting a solution comprising the compound of
formula (I), wherein each nitrogen atom has been protonated with an
acid, and a solvent, with a functionalized solid support comprising
(1-thioureido)alkyl or 3-(mercapto)alkyl groups, wherein the
solvent is compatible with the functionalized solid support; (d)
separating the resulting solution from the functionalized solid
support; and, when R.sup.3 is --OPg.sup.1, (d) removing the
protecting group to form a compound in which R.sup.3 is
hydroxy.
[0289] In addition, the invention provides a compound produced by
the process immediately above wherein R.sup.1, R.sup.2, R.sup.6,
R.sup.7, R.sup.8, R.sup.9, R.sup.10, and R.sup.13 are each
hydrogen, R.sup.3 is --OPg.sup.1 wherein Pg.sup.1 is benzyl,
R.sup.4 and R.sup.5taken together are --NHC(.dbd.O)CH.dbd.CH--,
R.sup.11 is phenyl, R.sup.12 is --OCH.sub.3, the leaving group X in
formula (IV) is attached at the para position; the acid is
hydrochloric acid; the solvent is a mixture of dichloromethane and
methanol, and the functionalized solid support is a silica gel
comprising 3-(1-thioureido)propyl or 3-(mercapto)propyl groups.
[0290] Additionally, a useful intermediate for preparing a compound
of formula (VII), wherein R.sup.14 is hydrogen and R.sup.15 is an
amino-protecting group, is a corresponding compound of formula
(VII) wherein R.sup.14 is an amino-protecting group that can be
removed in the presence of R.sup.15. A compound of formula (VII)
wherein R.sup.14 is hydrogen and R.sup.15 is an amino-protecting
group is itself also a useful intermediate for the preparation of a
compound of formula (VII) where both R.sup.14 and R.sup.15 are
hydrogen. Thus, the invention also provides novel intermediates of
formula (VII), wherein R.sup.14 is hydrogen or an amino-protecting
group, R.sup.15 is hydrogen or an amino-protecting group, and
wherein R.sup.7-R.sup.13 and w have any of the values defined
herein, or a salt thereof.
[0291] A preferred compound of formula (VII) is a compound wherein
R.sup.14 and R.sup.15 are both hydrogen. Another preferred compound
of formula (VII) is a compound wherein R.sup.14 is an
alkoxycarbonyl protecting group (e.g. tert-butoxy carbonyl), and
R.sup.15 is an arylmethyl protecting group (e.g. benzyl). Another
preferred compound of formula (VII) is a compound wherein R.sup.14
is hydrogen, and R.sup.15 is an alkoxycarbonyl protecting group
(e.g. tert-butoxy carbonyl).
[0292] Pharmaceutical Compositions
[0293] The invention also provides pharmaceutical compositions
comprising a compound of the invention. Accordingly, the compound,
preferably in the form of a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt, can
be formulated for any suitable form of administration, such as oral
or parenteral administration, or administration by inhalation.
[0294] By way of illustration, the compound can be admixed with
conventional pharmaceutical carriers and excipients and used in the
form of powders, tablets, capsules, elixirs, suspensions, syrups,
wafers, and the like. Such pharmaceutical compositions will contain
from about 0.05 to about 90% by weight of the active compound, and
more generally from about 0.1 to about 30%. The pharmaceutical
compositions may contain common carriers and excipients, such as
cornstarch or gelatin, lactose, magnesium sulfate, magnesium
stearate, sucrose, microcrystalline cellulose, kaolin, mannitol,
dicalcium phosphate, sodium chloride, and alginic acid.
Disintegrators commonly used in the formulations of this invention
include croscarmellose, microcrystalline cellulose, cornstarch,
sodium starch glycolate and alginic acid.
[0295] A liquid composition will generally consist of a suspension
or solution of the compound or pharmaceutically-acceptable salt in
a suitable liquid carrier(s), for example ethanol, glycerine,
sorbitol, non-aqueous solvent such as polyethylene glycol, oils or
water, optionally with a suspending agent, a solubilizing agent
(such as a cyclodextrin), preservative, surfactant, wetting agent,
flavoring or coloring agent. Alternatively, a liquid formulation
can be prepared from a reconstitutable powder.
[0296] For example a powder containing active compound, suspending
agent, sucrose and a sweetener can be reconstituted with water to
form a suspension; a syrup can be prepared from a powder containing
active ingredient, sucrose and a sweetener.
[0297] A composition in the form of a tablet can be prepared using
any suitable pharmaceutical carrier(s) routinely used for preparing
solid compositions. Examples of such carriers include magnesium
stearate, starch, lactose, sucrose, microcrystalline cellulose and
binders, for example polyvinylpyrrolidone. The tablet can also be
provided with a color film coating, or color included as part of
the carrier(s). In addition, active compound can be formulated in a
controlled release dosage form as a tablet comprising a hydrophilic
or hydrophobic matrix.
[0298] A composition in the form of a capsule can be prepared using
routine encapsulation procedures, for example by incorporation of
active compound and excipients into a hard gelatin capsule.
Alternatively, a semi-solid matrix of active compound and high
molecular weight polyethylene glycol can be prepared and filled
into a hard gelatin capsule; or a solution of active compound in
polyethylene glycol or a suspension in edible oil, for example
liquid paraffin or fractionated coconut oil can be prepared and
filled into a soft gelatin capsule.
[0299] Tablet binders that can be included are acacia,
methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose,
poly-vinylpyrrolidone (Povidone), hydroxypropyl methylcellulose,
sucrose, starch and ethylcellulose. Lubricants that can be used
include magnesium stearate or other metallic stearates, stearic
acid, silicone fluid, talc, waxes, oils and colloidal silica.
[0300] Flavoring agents such as peppermint, oil of wintergreen,
cherry flavoring or the like can also be used. Additionally, it may
be desirable to add a coloring agent to make the dosage form more
attractive in appearance or to help identify the product.
[0301] The compounds of the invention and their
pharmaceutically-acceptabl- e salts that are active when given
parenterally can be formulated for intramuscular, intrathecal, or
intravenous administration.
[0302] A typical composition for intra-muscular or intrathecal
administration will consist of a suspension or solution of active
ingredient in an oil, for example arachis oil or sesame oil. A
typical composition for intravenous or intrathecal administration
will consist of a sterile isotonic aqueous solution containing, for
example active ingredient and dextrose or sodium chloride, or a
mixture of dextrose and sodium chloride. Other examples are
lactated Ringer's injection, lactated Ringer's plus dextrose
injection, Normosol-M and dextrose, Isolyte E, acylated Ringer's
injection, and the like. Optionally, a co-solvent, for example,
polyethylene glycol; a chelating agent, for example,
ethylenediamine tetracetic acid; a solubilizing agent, for example,
a cyclodextrin; and an anti-oxidant, for example, sodium
metabisulphite, may be included in the formulation. Alternatively,
the solution can be freeze dried and then reconstituted with a
suitable solvent just prior to administration.
[0303] The compounds of this invention and their
pharmaceutically-acceptab- le salts which are active on topical
administration can be formulated as transdermal compositions or
transdermal delivery devices ("patches"). Such compositions
include, for example, a backing, active compound reservoir, a
control membrane, liner and contact adhesive. Such transdermal
patches may be used to provide continuous or discontinuous infusion
of the compounds of the present invention in controlled amounts.
The construction and use of transdermal patches for the delivery of
pharmaceutical agents is well known in the art. See, for example,
U.S. Pat. No. 5,023,252. Such patches may be constructed for
continuous, pulsatile, or on demand delivery of pharmaceutical
agents.
[0304] One preferred manner for administering a compound of the
invention is inhalation. Inhalation is an effective means for
delivering an agent directly to the respiratory tract. There are
three general types of pharmaceutical inhalation devices: nebulizer
inhalers, dry powder inhalers (DPI), and metered-dose inhalers
(MDI). Nebulizer devices produce a stream of high velocity air that
causes a therapeutic agent to spray as a mist which is carried into
the patient's respiratory tract. The therapeutic agent is
formulated in a liquid form such as a solution or a suspension of
micronized particles of respirable size, where micronized is
typically defined as having about 90% or more of the particles with
a diameter of less than about 10 .mu.m. A typical formulation for
use in a conventional nebulizer device is an isotonic aqueous
solution of a pharmaceutical salt of the active agent at a
concentration of the active agent of between about 0.05 .mu.g/mL
and about 10 mg/mL.
[0305] DPI's typically administer a therapeutic agent in the form
of a free flowing powder that can be dispersed in a patient's
air-stream during inspiration. In order to achieve a free flowing
powder, the therapeutic agent can be formulated with a suitable
excipient, such as lactose or starch. A dry powder formulation can
be made, for example, by combining dry lactose having a particle
size between about 1 .mu.m and about 100 .mu.m with micronized
particles of a pharmaceutical salt of the active agent and dry
blending. Alternative, the agent can be formulated without
excipients. The formulation is loaded into a dry powder dispenser,
or into inhalation cartridges or capsules for use with a dry powder
delivery device.
[0306] Examples of DPI delivery devices provided commercially
include Diskhaler (GlaxoSmithKline, Research Triangle Park, N.C.)
(see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,035,237); Diskus (GlaxoSmithKline)
(see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 6,378,519; Turbuhaler (AstraZeneca,
Wilmington, Del.) (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,524,769); and
Rotahaler (GlaxoSmithKline) (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,353,365).
Further examples of suitable DPI devices are described in U.S. Pat.
Nos. 5,415,162, 5,239,993, and 5,715,810 and references
therein.
[0307] MDI's typically discharge a measured amount of therapeutic
agent using compressed propellant gas. Formulations for MDI
administration include a solution or suspension of active
ingredient in a liquefied propellant. While chlorofluorocarbons,
such as CCl.sub.3F, conventionally have been used as propellants,
due to concerns regarding adverse affects of such agents on the
ozone layer, formulations using hydrofluoroalklanes (HFA), such as
1,1,1,2-tetrafluoroethane (HFA 134a) and
1,1,1,2,3,3,3,-heptafluoro-n-propane, (HFA 227) have been
developed. Additional components of HFA formulations for MDI
administration include co-solvents, such as ethanol or pentane, and
surfactants, such as sorbitan trioleate, oleic acid, lecithin, and
glycerin. (See, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 5,225,183, EP 0717987
A2, and WO 92/22286.)
[0308] Thus, a suitable formulation for MDI administration can
include from about 0.01% to about 5% by weight of a pharmaceutical
salt of active ingredient, from about 0% to about 20% by weight
ethanol, and from about 0% to about 5% by weight surfactant, with
the remainder being the HFA propellant. In one approach, to prepare
the formulation, chilled or pressurized hydrofluoroalkane is added
to a vial containing the pharmaceutical salt of active compound,
ethanol (if present) and the surfactant (if present). To prepare a
suspension, the pharmaceutical salt is provided as micronized
particles. The formulation is loaded into an aerosol canister,
which forms a portion of an MDI device. Examples of MDI devices
developed specifically for use with HFA propellants are provided in
U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,006,745 and 6,143,277.
[0309] In an alternative preparation, a suspension formulation is
prepared by spray drying a coating of surfactant on micronized
particles of a pharmaceutical salt of active compound. (See, for
example, WO 99/53901 and WO 00/61108.) For additional examples of
processes of preparing respirable particles, and formulations and
devices suitable for inhalation dosing see U.S. Pat. Nos.
6,268,533, 5,983,956, 5,874,063, and 6,221,398, and WO 99/55319 and
WO 00/30614.
[0310] It will be understood that any form of the compounds of the
invention, (i.e. free base, pharmaceutical salt, or solvate) that
is suitable for the particular mode of administration, can be used
in the pharmaceutical compositions discussed above.
[0311] The active compounds are effective over a wide dosage range
and are generally administered in a therapeutically effective
amount. It will be understood, however, that the amount of the
compound actually administered will be determined by a physician,
in the light of the relevant circumstances, including the condition
to be treated, the chosen route of administration, the actual
compound administered and its relative activity, the age, weight,
and response of the individual patient, the severity of the
patient's symptoms, and the like.
[0312] Suitable doses of the therapeutic agents for inhalation
administration are in the general range of from about 0.05
.mu.g/day to about 1000 .mu.g/day, preferably from about 0.5
.mu.g/day to about 500 .mu.g/day. A compound can be administered in
a periodic dose: weekly, multiple times per week, daily, or
multiple doses per day. The treatment regimen may require
administration over extended periods of time, for example, for
several weeks or months, or the treatment regimen may require
chronic administration. Suitable doses for oral administration are
in the general range of from about 0.05 .mu.g/day to about 100
mg/day, preferably 0.5 to 1000 .mu.g/day.
[0313] The present active agents can also be co-administered with
one or more other therapeutic agents. For example, the present
agents can be administered in combination with one or more
therapeutic agents selected from anti-inflammatory agents (e.g.
corticosteroids and non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agents
(NSAIDs), antichlolinergic agents (particularly muscarinic receptor
antagonists), other .beta..sub.2 adrenergic receptor agonists,
antiinfective agents (e.g. antibiotics or antivirals) or
antihistamines. The invention thus provides, in a further aspect, a
combination comprising a compound of the invention together with
one or more therapeutic agent, for example, an anti-inflammatory
agent, an antichlolinergic agent, another .beta..sub.2 adrenergic
receptor agonist, an antiinfective agent or an antihistamine.
[0314] The other therapeutic agents can be used in the form of
pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates. As appropriate, the
other therapeutic agents can be used as optically pure
stereoisomers.
[0315] Suitable anti-inflammatory agents include corticosteroids
and NSAIDs. Suitable corticosteroids which may be used in
combination with the compounds of the invention are those oral and
inhaled corticosteroids and their pro-drugs which have
anti-inflammatory activity. Examples include methyl prednisolone,
prednisolone, dexamethasone, fluticasone propionate,
6.alpha.,9.alpha.-difluoro-17.alpha.-[(2-furanylcarbonyl)oxy]-
-11.beta.-hydroxy-16.alpha.-methyl-3-oxo-androsta-1,4-diene-17.beta.-carbo-
thioic acid S-fluoromethyl ester,
6.alpha.,9.alpha.-difluoro-11.beta.-hydr-
oxy-16.alpha.-methyl-3-oxo-17.alpha.-propionyloxy-androsta-1,4-diene-17.be-
ta.-carbothioic acid S-(2-oxo-tetrahydro-furan-3S-yl) ester,
beclomethasone esters (e.g. the 17-propionate ester or the
17,21-dipropionate ester), budesonide, flunisolide, mometasone
esters (e.g. the furoate ester), triamcinolone acetonide,
rofleponide, ciclesonide, butixocort propionate, RPR-106541, and
ST-126. Preferred corticosteroids include fluticasone propionate,
6.alpha.,9.alpha.-difluor- o-11.beta.-hydroxy-16.alpha.-methyl-17
.alpha.-[(4-methyl-1,3-thiazole-5-c-
arbonyl)oxy]-3-oxo-androsta-1,4-diene-17.beta.-carbothioic acid
S-fluoromethyl ester and
6.alpha.,9.alpha.-difluoro-17.alpha.-[(2-furanyl-
carbonyl)oxy]-11.beta.-hydroxy-16.alpha.-methyl-3-oxo-androsta-1,4-diene-1-
7.beta.-carbothioic acid S-fluoromethyl ester, more preferably
6.alpha.,9.alpha.-difluoro-17.alpha.-[(2-furanylcarbonyl)oxy]-11.beta.-hy-
droxy-16.alpha.-methyl-3-oxo-androsta-1,4-diene-17.beta.-carbothioic
acid S-fluoromethyl ester.
[0316] Suitable NSAIDs include sodium cromoglycate; nedocromil
sodium; phosphodiesterase (PDE) inhibitors (e.g. theophylline, PDE4
inhibitors or mixed PDE3/PDE4 inhibitors); leukotriene antagonists
(e.g. monteleukast); inhibitors of leukotriene synthesis; iNOS
inhibitors; protease inhibitors, such as tryptase and elastase
inhibitors; beta-2 integrin antagonists and adenosine receptor
agonists or antagonists (e.g. adenosine 2a agonists); cytokine
antagonists (e.g. chemokine antagonists such as, an interleukin
antibody (.alpha.IL antibody), specifically, an .alpha.IL-4
therapy, an .alpha.IL-13 therapy, or a combination thereof); or
inhibitors of cytokine synthesis. Suitable other
.beta..sub.2-adrenoreceptor agonists include salmeterol (e.g. as
the xinafoate), salbutamol (e.g. as the sulphate or the free base),
formoterol (e.g. as the fumarate), fenoterol or terbutaline and
salts thereof.
[0317] Also of interest is use of the present active agent in
combination with a phosphodiesterase 4 (PDE4) inhibitor or a mixed
PDE3/PDE4 inhibitor. The PDE4-specific inhibitor useful in this
aspect of the invention may be any compound that is known to
inhibit the PDE4 enzyme or which is discovered to act as a PDE4
inhibitor, and which are only PDE4 inhibitors, not compounds which
inhibit other members of the PDE family as well as PDE4. Generally
it is preferred to use a PDE4 inhibitor which has an IC.sub.50
ratio of about 0.1 or greater as regards the IC.sub.50 for the PDE4
catalytic form which binds rolipram with a high affinity divided by
the IC.sub.50 for the form which binds rolipram with a low
affinity. For the purposes of this disclosure, the cAMP catalytic
site which binds R and S rolipram with a low affinity is
denominated the "low affinity" binding site (LPDE 4) and the other
form of this catalytic site which binds rolipram with a high
affinity is denominated the "high affinity" binding site (HPDE 4).
This term "HPDE4" should not be confused with the term "hPDE4"
which is used to denote human PDE4.
[0318] A method for determining IC.sub.50 ratios is set out in U.S.
Pat. No. 5,998,428 which is incorporated herein by reference. See
also PCT application WO 00/51599 for another description of the
assay.
[0319] The preferred PDE4 inhibitors of use in this invention will
be those compounds which have a salutary therapeutic ratio, i.e.,
compounds which preferentially inhibit cAMP catalytic activity
where the enzyme is in the form that binds rolipram with a low
affinity, thereby reducing the side effects which apparently are
linked to inhibiting the form which binds rolipram with a high
affinity. Another way to state this is that the preferred compounds
will have an IC.sub.50 ratio of about 0.1 or greater as regards the
IC.sub.50 for the PDE4 catalytic form which binds rolipram with a
high affinity divided by the IC.sub.50 for the form which binds
rolipram with a low affinity.
[0320] A further refinement of this standard is one wherein the
PDE4 inhibitor has an IC.sub.50 ratio of about 0.1 or greater;
wherein said ratio is the ratio of the IC.sub.50 value for
competing with the binding of 1 nM of [.sup.3H]R-rolipram to a form
of PDE4 which binds rolipram with a high affinity to the IC.sub.50
value for inhibiting the PDE4 catalytic activity of a form which
binds rolipram with a low affinity using 1 .mu.M[.sup.3H]-cAMP as
the substrate.
[0321] Most preferred are those PDE4 inhibitors which have an
IC.sub.50 ratio of greater than 0.5, and particularly those
compounds having a ratio of greater than 1.0. Preferred compounds
are cis
4-cyano-4-(3-cyclopentyloxy-4-methoxyphenyl)cyclohexan-1-carboxylic
acid,
2-carbomethoxy-4-cyano-4-(3-cyclopropylmethoxy-4-difluoromethoxyphenyl)cy-
clohexan-1-one and
cis-[4-cyano-4-(3-cyclopropylmethoxy-4-difluoromethoxyp-
henyl)cyclohexan-1-ol]; these are examples of compounds which bind
preferentially to the low affinity binding site and which have an
IC.sub.50 ratio of 0.1 or greater.
[0322] Other compounds of interest include:
[0323] Compounds set out in U.S. Pat. No. 5,552,438 issued 03
September, 1996; this patent and the compounds it discloses are
incorporated herein in full by reference. The compound of
particular interest, which is disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,552,438,
is cis-4-cyano-4-[3-(cyclopentyloxy-
)-4-methoxyphenyl]cyclohexane-1-carboxylic acid (also known as
cilomalast) and its salts, esters, pro-drugs or physical forms;
[0324] AWD-12-281 from elbion (Hofgen, N. et al. 15th EFMC Int Symp
Med Chem (Sept 6-10, Edinburgh) 1998, Abst P.98; CAS reference No.
247584020-9); a 9-benzyladenine derivative nominated NCS-613
(INSERM); D-4418 from Chiroscience and Schering-Plough; a
benzodiazepine PDE4 inhibitor identified as CI-1018 (PD-168787) and
attributed to Pfizer; a benzodioxole derivative disclosed by Kyowa
Hakko in WO99/16766; K-34 from Kyowa Hakko; V-I 1294A from Napp
(Landells, L. J. et al. Eur Resp J [Annu Cong Eur Resp Soc (Sept
19-23, Geneva) 1998] 1998, 12 (Suppl. 28): Abst .beta..sub.2393);
roflumilast (CAS reference No 162401-32-3) and a pthalazinone
(WO99/47505, the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by
reference) from Byk-Gulden; Pumafentrine, (-)-p-[(4aR*,10bS
*)-9-ethoxy-1,2,3,4,4a,10b-hexahydro-8-methoxy-2-methylbenzo[c][1,6]napht-
hyridin-6-yl]-N,N-diisopropylbenzamide which is a mixed PDE3/PDE4
inhibitor which has been prepared and published on by Byk-Gulden,
now Altana; arofylline under development by Almirall-Prodesfarma;
VM554/UM565 from Vernalis; or T-440 (Tanabe Seiyaku; Fuji, K. et
al. J Pharmacol Exp Ther,1998, 284(1): 162), and T2585.
[0325] Other possible PDE-4 and mixed PDE3/PDE4 inhibitors include
those listed in WO01/13953, the disclosure of which is hereby
incorporated by reference.
[0326] Suitable anticholinergic agents are those compounds that act
as antagonists at the muscarinic receptor, in particular those
compounds which are antagonists of the M.sub.1, M.sub.2, or M.sub.3
receptors, or of combinations thereof. Exemplary compounds include
the alkaloids of the belladonna plants as illustrated by the likes
of atropine, scopolamine, homatropine, hyoscyamine; these compounds
are normally administered as a salt, being tertiary amines. These
drugs, particularly the salt forms, are readily available from a
number of commercial sources or can be made or prepared from
literature data via, to wit:
[0327] Atropine-CAS-51-55-8 or CAS-51-48-1 (anhydrous form),
atropine sulfate-CAS-5908-99-6; atropine oxide-CAS-4438-22-6 or its
HCl salt-CAS-4574-60-1 and methylatropine nitrate-CAS-52-88-0.
[0328] Homatropine-CAS-87-00-3, hydrobromide salt-CAS-51-56-9,
methylbromide salt-CAS-80-49-9.
[0329] Hyoscyamine (d, 1)-CAS-101-31-5, hydrobromide
salt-CAS-306-03-6 and sulfate salt-CAS-6835-16-1.
[0330] Scopolamine-CAS-51-34-3, hydrobromide salt-CAS-6533-68-2,
methylbromide salt-CAS-155-41-9.
[0331] Preferred anticholinergics include ipratropium (e.g. as the
bromide), sold under the name Atrovent, oxitropium (e.g. as the
bromide) and tiotropium (e.g. as the bromide) (CAS-139404-48-1).
Also of interest are: methantheline (CAS-53-46-3), propantheline
bromide (CAS-50-34-9), anisotropine methyl bromide or Valpin 50
(CAS-80-50-2), clidinium bromide (Quarzan, CAS-3485-62-9),
copyrrolate (Robinul), isopropamide iodide (CAS-71-81-8),
mepenzolate bromide (U.S. Pat. No. 2,918,408), tridihexethyl
chloride (Pathilone, CAS-4310-35-4), and hexocyclium methylsulfate
(Tral, CAS-115-63-9). See also cyclopentolate hydrochloride
(CAS-5870-29-1), tropicamide (CAS-1508-75-4), trihexyphenidyl
hydrochloride (CAS-144-11-6), pirenzepine (CAS-29868-97-1),
telenzepine (CAS-80880-90-9), AF-DX 116, or methoctramine, and the
compounds disclosed in WO01/04118, the disclosure of which is
hereby incorporated by reference.
[0332] Suitable antihistamines (also referred to as H,-receptor
antagonists) include any one or more of the numerous antagonists
known which inhibit HI-receptors, and are safe for human use. All
are reversible, competitive inhibitors of the interaction of
histamine with H.sub.1-receptors. The majority of these inhibitors,
mostly first generation antagonists, are characterized, based on
their core structures, as ethanolamines, ethylenediamines, and
alkylamines. In addition, other first generation antihistamines
include those which can be characterized as based on piperizine and
phenothiazines. Second generation antagonists, which are
non-sedating, have a similar structure-activity relationship in
that they retain the core ethylene group (the alkylamines) or mimic
a tertiary amine group with piperizine or piperidine. Exemplary
antagonists are as follows:
[0333] Ethanolamines: carbinoxamine maleate, clemastine fumarate,
diphenylhydramine hydrochloride, and dimenhydrinate.
[0334] Ethylenediamines: pyrilamine amleate, tripelennamine HCl,
and tripelennamine citrate.
[0335] Alkylamines: chlropheniramine and its salts such as the
maleate salt, and acrivastine.
[0336] Piperazines: hydroxyzine HCl, hydroxyzine pamoate, cyclizine
HCl, cyclizine lactate, meclizine HCl, and cetirizine HCl.
[0337] Piperidines: Astemizole, levocabastine HCl, loratadine or
its descarboethoxy analogue, and terfenadine and fexofenadine
hydrochloride or another pharmaceutically acceptable salt.
[0338] Azelastine hydrochloride is yet another H.sub.1 receptor
antagonist which may be used in combination with a compound of the
invention.
[0339] Examples of preferred anti-histamines include methapyrilene
and loratadine.
[0340] The invention thus provides, in a further aspect, a
combination comprising a compound of formula (I) or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate or stereoisomer thereof
and a corticosteroid. In particular, the invention provides a
combination wherein the corticosteroid is fluticasone propionate or
wherein the coricosteroid is
6.alpha.,9.alpha.-difluoro-17.alpha.-[(2-furanylcarbonyl)oxy]-11.beta.-hy-
droxy-16.alpha.-methyl-3-oxo-androsta-1,4-diene-17.beta.-carbothioic
acid S-fluoromethyl ester or
6.alpha.,9.alpha.-difluoro-11.beta.-hydroxy-16.al-
pha.-methyl-3-oxo-17.alpha.-propionyloxy-androsta-1,4-diene-17.beta.-carbo-
thioic acid S-(2-oxo-tetrahydro-furan-3S-yl) ester.
[0341] The invention thus provides, in a further aspect, a
combination comprising a compound of formula (I) or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate or stereoisomer thereof
and a PDE4 inhibitor.
[0342] The invention thus provides, in a further aspect, a
combination comprising a compound of formula (I) or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate or stereoisomer thereof
and an anticholinergic agent.
[0343] The invention thus provides, in a further aspect, a
combination comprising a compound of formula (I) or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate or stereoisomer thereof
and an antihistamine.
[0344] The invention thus provides, in a further aspect, a
combination comprising a compound of formula (I) or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate or stereoisomer thereof
together with a PDE4 inhibitor and a corticosteroid.
[0345] The invention thus provides, in a further aspect, a
combination comprising a compound of formula (I) or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate or stereoisomer thereof
together with an anticholinergic agent and a corticosteroid.
[0346] As used in the above combinations, the term, "a compound of
formula (I)" includes a compound of the preferred, more preferred,
or most preferred subgroup of compounds of formula (I), including a
compound of formula (IIa) or (IIb) and subgroups thereof, and any
individually disclosed compound or compounds.
[0347] Accordingly, the pharmaceutical compositions of the
invention can optionally comprise combinations of a compound of
formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate or
stereoisomer thereof with one or more other therapeutic agents, as
described above.
[0348] The individual compounds of such combinations may be
administered either sequentially or simultaneously in separate or
combined pharmaceutical formulations. Appropriate doses of known
therapeutic agents will be readily appreciated by those skilled in
the art.
[0349] According to a further aspect, the invention provides a
method of treating a disease or condition associated with
.beta..sub.2 adrenergic receptor activity in a mammal, comprising
administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a
combination of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically
acceptable salt or solvate or stereoisomer thereof with one or more
other therapeutic agents.
[0350] Additional suitable carriers for formulations of the active
compounds of the present invention can be found in Remington: The
Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 20th Edition, Lippincott Williams
& Wilkins, Philadelphia, Pa., 2000. The following non-limiting
examples illustrate representative pharmaceutical compositions of
the invention.
FORMULATION EXAMPLE A
[0351] This example illustrates the preparation of a representative
pharmaceutical composition for oral administration of a compound of
this invention:
1 Ingredients Quantity per tablet, (mg) Active Compound 2 Lactose,
spray-dried 148 Magnesium stearate 2
[0352] The above ingredients are mixed and introduced into a
hard-shell gelatin capsule.
FORMULATION EXAMPLE B
[0353] This example illustrates the preparation of another
representative pharmaceutical composition for oral administration
of a compound of this invention:
2 Ingredients Quantity per tablet, (mg) Active Compound 4
Cornstarch 50 Lactose 145 Magnesium stearate 5
[0354] The above ingredients are mixed intimately and pressed into
single scored tablets.
FORMULATION EXAMPLE C
[0355] This example illustrates the preparation of a representative
pharmaceutical composition for oral administration of a compound of
this invention.
[0356] An oral suspension is prepared having the following
composition.
3 Ingredients Active Compound 0.1 g Fumaric acid 0.5 g Sodium
chloride 2.0 g Methyl paraben 0.1 g Granulated sugar 25.5 g
Sorbitol (70% solution) 12.85 g Veegum K (Vanderbilt Co.) 1.0 g
Flavoring 0.035 mL Colorings 0.5 mg Distilled water q.s. to 100
mL
FORMULATION EXAMPLE D
[0357] This example illustrates the preparation of a representative
pharmaceutical composition containing a compound of this
invention.
[0358] An injectable preparation buffered to a pH of 4 is prepared
having the following composition:
4 Ingredients Active Compound 0.2 g Sodium Acetate Buffer Solution
(0.4 M) 2.0 mL HCl (1 N) q.s. to pH 4 Water (distilled, sterile)
q.s. to 20 mL
FORMULATION EXAMPLE E
[0359] This example illustrates the preparation of a representative
pharmaceutical composition for injection of a compound of this
invention.
[0360] A reconstituted solution is prepared by adding 20 mL of
sterile water to 1 g of the compound of this invention. Before use,
the solution is then diluted with 200 mL of an intravenous fluid
that is compatible with the active compound. Such fluids are chosen
from 5% dextrose solution, 0.9% sodium chloride, or a mixture of 5%
dextrose and 0.9% sodium chloride. Other examples are lactated
Ringer's injection, lactated Ringer's plus 5% dextrose injection,
Normosol-M and 5% dextrose, Isolyte E, and acylated Ringer's
injection.
FORMULATION EXAMPLE F
[0361] This example illustrates the preparation of a representative
pharmaceutical composition containing a compound of this
invention.
[0362] An injectable preparation is prepared having the following
composition:
5 Ingredients Active Compound 0.1-5.0 g
Hydroxypropyl-.beta.-cyclodextrin 1-25 g 5% Aqueous Dextrose
Solution (sterile) q.s. to 100 mL
[0363] The above ingredients are blended and the pH is adjusted to
3.5.+-.0.5 using 0.5 N HCl or 0.5 N NaOH.
FORMULATION EXAMPLE G
[0364] This example illustrates the preparation of a representative
pharmaceutical composition for topical application of a compound of
this invention.
6 Ingredients grams Active compound 0.2-10 Span 60 2 Tween 60 2
Mineral oil 5 Petrolatum 10 Methyl paraben 0.15 Propyl paraben 0.05
BHA (butylated hydroxy anisole) 0.01 Water q.s. to 100
[0365] All of the above ingredients, except water, are combined and
heated to 60.degree. C. with stirring. A sufficient quantity of
water at 60.degree. C. is then added with vigorous stirring to
emulsify the ingredients, and water then added q.s. 100 g.
FORMULATION EXAMPLE H
[0366] This example illustrates the preparation of a representative
pharmaceutical composition containing a compound of the
invention.
[0367] An aqueous aerosol formulation for use in a nebulizer is
prepared by dissolving 0.1 mg of a pharmaceutical salt of active
compound in a 0.9% sodium chloride solution acidified with citric
acid. The mixture is stirred and sonicated until the active salt is
dissolved. The pH of the solution is adjusted to a value in the
range of from 3 to 8 by the slow addition of NaOH.
FORMULATION EXAMPLE I
[0368] This example illustrates the preparation of a dry powder
formulation containing a compound of the invention for use in
inhalation cartridges.
[0369] Gelatin inhalation cartridges are filled with a
pharmaceutical composition having the following ingredients:
7 Ingredients mg/cartridge Pharmaceutical salt of active compound
0.2 Lactose 25
[0370] The pharmaceutical salt of active compound is micronized
prior to blending with lactose. The contents of the cartridges are
administered using a powder inhaler.
FORMULATION EXAMPLE J
[0371] This example illustrates the preparation of a dry powder
formulation containing a compound of the invention for use in a dry
powder inhalation device.
[0372] A pharmaceutical composition is prepared having a bulk
formulation ratio of micronized pharmaceutical salt to lactose of
1:200. The composition is packed into a dry powder inhalation
device capable of delivering between about 10 .mu.g and about 100
.mu.g of active drug ingredient per dose.
FORMULATION EXAMPLE K
[0373] This example illustrates the preparation of a formulation
containing a compound of the invention for use in a metered dose
inhaler.
[0374] A suspension containing 5% pharmaceutical salt of active
compound, 0.5% lecithin, and 0.5% trehalose is prepared by
dispersing 5 g of active compound as micronized particles with mean
size less than 10 .mu.m in a colloidal solution formed from 0.5 g
of trehalose and 0.5 g of lecithin dissolved in 100 mL of
demineralized water. The suspension is spray dried and the
resulting material is micronized to particles having a mean
diameter less than 1.5 .mu.m. The particles are loaded into
canisters with pressurized 1,1,1,2-tetrafluoroethane.
FORMULATION EXAMPLE L
[0375] This example illustrates the preparation of a formulation
containing a compound of the invention for use in a metered dose
inhaler.
[0376] A suspension containing 5% pharmaceutical salt of active
compound and 0.1% lecithin is prepared by dispersing 10 g of active
compound as micronized particles with mean size less than 10 .mu.m
in a solution formed from 0.2 g of lecithin dissolved in 200 mL of
demineralized water. The suspension is spray dried and the
resulting material is micronized to particles having a mean
diameter less than 1.5 .mu.m. The particles are loaded into
canisters with pressurized 1,1,1,2,3,3,3-heptafluoro-n-propan-
e.
[0377] Biological Assays
[0378] The compounds of this invention, and their
pharmaceutically-accepta- ble salts, exhibit biological activity
and are useful for medical treatment. The ability of a compound to
bind to the .beta..sub.2 adrenergic receptor, as well as its
selectivity, agonist potency, and intrinsic activity can be
demonstrated using in vitro Tests A-C below, in vivo Test D, below,
or can be demonstrated using other tests that are known in the
art.
8 Abbreviations % Eff % efficacy ATCC American Type Culture
Collection BSA Bovine Serum Albumin cAMP Adenosine 3':5'-cyclic
monophosphate DMEM Dulbecco's Modified Eagle's Medium DMSO Dimethyl
sulfoxide EDTA Ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid Emax maximal
efficacy FBS Fetal bovine serum Gly Glycine HEK-293 Human embryonic
kidney-293 PBS Phosphate buffered saline rpm rotations per minute
Tris Tris(hydroxymethyl)aminomethane
Membrane Preparation From Cells Expressing Human .beta..sub.1 or
.beta..sub.2 Adrenergic Receptors
[0379] HEK-293 derived cell lines stably expressing cloned human
.beta..sub.1 or .beta..sub.2 adrenergic receptors, respectively,
were grown to near confluency in DMEM with 10% dialyzed FBS in the
presence of 500 .mu.g/mL Geneticin. The cell monolayer was lifted
with Versene 1:5,000 (0.2 g/L EDTA in PBS) using a cell scraper.
Cells were pelleted by centrifugation at 1,000 rpm, and cell
pellets were either stored frozen at -80.degree. C. or membranes
were prepared immediately. For preparation, cell pellets were
resuspended in lysis buffer (10 mM Tris/HCL pH 7.4@4.degree. C.,
one tablet of "Complete Protease Inhibitor Cocktail Tablets with 2
mM EDTA" per 50 mL buffer (Roche cat.# 1697498, Roche Molecular
Biochemicals, Indianapolis, Ind.)) and homogenized using a
tight-fitting Dounce glass homogenizer (20 strokes) on ice. The
homogenate was centrifuged at 20,000.times.g, the pellet was washed
once with lysis buffer by resuspension and centrifugation as above.
The final pellet was resuspended in membrane buffer (75 mM Tris/HCl
pH 7.4, 12.5 mM MgCl.sub.2, 1 mM EDTA @ 25.degree. C.). Protein
concentration of the membrane suspension was determined by the
method of Bradford (Bradford MM., Analytical Biochemistry, 1976,
72, 248-54). Membranes were stored frozen in aliquots at
-80.degree. C.
Test A
Radioligand Binding Assay on Human .beta..sub.1 and .beta..sub.2
Adrenergic Receptors
[0380] Binding assays were performed in 96-well microtiter plates
in a total assay volume of 100 .mu.L with 5 .mu.g membrane protein
for membranes containing the human .beta..sub.2 adrenergic
receptor, or 2.5 .mu.g membrane protein for membranes containing
the human .beta..sub.1 adrenergic receptor in assay buffer (75 mM
Tris/HCl pH 7.4@25.degree. C., 12.5 mM MgCl.sub.2, 1 mM EDTA, 0.2%
BSA). Saturation binding studies for determination of K.sub.d
values of the radioligand were done using
[.sup.3H]dihydroalprenolol (NET-720, 100 Ci/mmol, PerkinElmer Life
Sciences Inc., Boston, Mass.) at 10 different concentrations
ranging from 0.01 nM-200 nM. Displacement assays for determination
of pK.sub.i values of compounds were done with
[.sup.3H]dihydroalprenolol at 1 nM and 10 different concentrations
of compound ranging from 40 .mu.M-10 .mu.M. Compounds were
dissolved to a concentration of 10 mM in dissolving buffer (25 mM
Gly-HCl pH 3.0 with 50% DMSO), then diluted to 1 mM in 50 mM
Gly-HCl pH 3.0, and from there serially diluted into assay buffer.
Non-specific binding was determined in the presence of 10 .mu.M
unlabeled alprenolol. Assays were incubated for 90 minutes at room
temperature, binding reactions were terminated by rapid filtration
over GF/B glass fiber filter plates (Packard BioScience Co.,
Meriden, Conn.) presoaked in 0.3% polyethyleneimine. Filter plates
were washed three times with filtration buffer (75 mM Tris/HCl pH
7.4@4.degree. C., 12.5 mM MgCl.sub.2, 1 mM EDTA) to remove unbound
radioactivity. Plates were dried, 50 .mu.L Microscint-20 liquid
scintillation fluid (Packard BioScience Co., Meriden, Conn.) was
added and plates were counted in a Packard Topcount liquid
scintillation counter (Packard BioScience Co., Meriden, Conn.).
Binding data were analyzed by nonlinear regression analysis with
the GraphPad Prism Software package (GraphPad Software, Inc., San
Diego, Calif.) using the 3-parameter model for one-site
competition. The curve minimum was fixed to the value for
nonspecific binding, as determined in the presence of 10 .mu.M
alprenolol. K.sub.i values for compounds were calculated from
observed IC.sub.50 values and the K.sub.d value of the radioligand
using the Cheng-Prusoff equation (Cheng Y, and Prusoff W H.,
Biochemical Pharmacology, 1973, 22, 23, 3099-108). The receptor
subtype selectivity was calculated as the ratio of
K.sub.i(.beta..sub.1)/K.sub.i(.beta..sub.2). All of the compounds
tested demonstrated greater binding at the .beta..sub.2 adrenergic
receptor than at the .beta..sub.1 adrenergic receptor, i.e.
K.sub.i(.beta..sub.1)>K.sub.i(.beta..sub.2). Most preferred
compounds of the invention demonstrated a selectivity greater than
about 20.
Test B
Whole-Cell cAMP Flashplate Assay With a Cell Line Heterologously
Expressing Human .beta..sub.2 Adrenergic Receptor
[0381] For the determination of agonist potencies, a HEK-293 cell
line stably expressing cloned human .beta..sub.2 adrenergic
receptor (clone H24.14) was grown to confluency in medium
consisting of DMEM supplemented with 10% FBS and 500 .mu.g/mL
Geneticin. The day before the assay, antibiotics were removed from
the growth-medium.
[0382] cAMP assays were performed in a radioimmunoassay format
using the Flashplate Adenylyl Cyclase Activation Assay System with
.sup.125I-cAMP (NEN SMP004, PerkinElmer Life Sciences Inc., Boston,
Mass.), according to the manufacturers instructions.
[0383] On the day of the assay, cells were rinsed once with PBS,
lifted with Versene 1:5,000 (0.2 g/L EDTA in PBS) and counted.
Cells were pelleted by centrifugation at 1,000 rpm and resuspended
in stimulation buffer prewarmed to 37.degree. C. at a final
concentration of 800,000 cells/mL. Cells were used at a final
concentration of 40,000 cells/well in the assay. Compounds were
dissolved to a concentration of 10 mM in dissolving buffer (25 mM
Gly-HCl pH 3.0 with 50% DMSO), then diluted to 1 mM in 50 mM
Gly-HCl pH 3.0, and from there serially diluted into assay buffer
(75 mM Tris/HCl pH 7.4@25.degree. C., 12.5 mM MgCl.sub.2, 1 mM
EDTA, 0.2% BSA). Compounds were tested in the assay at 10 different
concentrations, ranging from 2.5 FM to 9.5 pM. Reactions were
incubated for 10 min at 37.degree. C. and stopped by addition of
100 ill ice-cold detection buffer. Plates were sealed, incubated
over night at 4.degree. C. and counted the next morning in a
topcount scintillation counter (Packard BioScience Co., Meriden,
Conn.). The amount of cAMP produced per mL of reaction was
calculated based on the counts observed for the samples and cAMP
standards, as described in the manufacturer's user manual. Data
were analyzed by nonlinear regression analysis with the GraphPad
Prism Software package (GraphPad Software, Inc., San Diego, Calif.)
using the 4-parameter model for sigmoidal dose-response with
variable slope. Agonist potencies were expressed as pEC.sub.50
values. All of the compounds tested demonstrated activity at the
.beta..sub.2 adrenergic receptor in this assay, as evidenced by
pEC.sub.50 values greater than about 5. Most preferred compounds of
the invention demonstrated pEC.sub.50 values greater than about
7.
Test C
Whole-Cell cAMP Flashplate Assay With a Lung Epithelial Cell Line
Endogenously Expressing Human 032 Adrenergic Receptor
[0384] For the determination of agonist potencies and efficacies
(intrinsic activities) in a cell line expressing endogenous levels
of .beta..sub.2 adrenergic receptor, a human lung epithelial cell
line (BEAS-2B) was used (ATCC CRL-9609, American Type Culture
Collection, Manassas, Va.) (January B, et al., British Journal of
Pharmacology, 1998, 123, 4, 701-11). Cells were grown to 75-90%
confluency in complete, serum-free medium (LHC-9 MEDIUM containing
Epinephrine and Retinoic Acid, cat # 181-500, Biosource
International, Camarillo, Calif.). The day before the assay, medium
was switched to LHC-8 (No epinephrine or retinoic acid, cat #
141-500, Biosource International, Camarillo, Calif.). cAMP assays
were performed in a radioimmunoassay format using the Flashplate
Adenylyl Cyclase Activation Assay System with .sup.125I-cAMP (NEN
SMP004, PerkinElmer Life Sciences Inc., Boston, Mass.), according
to the manufacturers instructions. On the day of the assay, cells
were rinsed with PBS, lifted by scraping with 5mM EDTA in PBS, and
counted. Cells were pelleted by centrifugation at 1,000 rpm and
resuspended in stimulation buffer prewarmed to 37.degree. C. at a
final concentration of 600,000 cells/mL. Cells were used at a final
concentration of 30,000 cells/well in the assay. Compounds were
dissolved to a concentration of 10 mM in dissolving buffer (25 mM
Gly-HCl pH 3.0 with 50% DMSO), then diluted to 1 mM in 50 mM
Gly-HCl pH 3.0, and from there serially diluted into assay buffer
(75 mM Tris/HCl pH 7.4@25.degree. C., 12.5 mM MgCl.sub.2, 1 mM
EDTA, 0.2% BSA).
[0385] Compounds were tested in the assay at 10 different
concentrations, ranging from 10 .mu.M to 40 pM. Maximal response
was determined in the presence of 10 .mu.M Isoproterenol. Reactions
were incubated for 10 min at 37.degree. C. and stopped by addition
of 100 .mu.l ice-cold detection buffer. Plates were sealed,
incubated over night at 4.degree. C. and counted the next morning
in a topcount scintillation counter (Packard BioScience Co.,
Meriden, Conn.). The amount of cAMP produced per mL of reaction was
calculated based on the counts observed for samples and cAMP
standards, as described in the manufacturer's user manual. Data
were analyzed by nonlinear regression analysis with the GraphPad
Prism Software package (GraphPad Software, Inc., San Diego, Calif.)
using the 4-parameter model for sigmoidal dose-response with
variable slope. Compounds of the invention tested in this assay
demonstrated pEC.sub.50 values greater than about 7.
[0386] Compound efficacy (%Eff) was calculated from the ratio of
the observed Emax (TOP of the fitted curve) and the maximal
response obtained for 10 .mu.M isoproterenol and was expressed as
%Eff relative to isoproterenol. The compounds tested demonstrated a
%Eff greater than about 20.
Test D
Assay of Bronchoprotection Against Acetylcholine-Induced
Bronchospasm in a Guinea Pig Model
[0387] Groups of 6 male guinea pigs (Duncan-Hartley (HsdPoc:DH)
Harlan, Madison, Wis.) weighing between 250 and 350 g were
individually identified by cage cards. Throughout the study animals
were allowed access to food and water ad libitum.
[0388] Test compounds were administered via inhalation over 10
minutes in a whole-body exposure dosing chamber (R&S Molds, San
Carlos, Calif.). The dosing chambers were arranged so that an
aerosol was simultaneously delivered to 6 individual chambers from
a central manifold. Following a 60 minute acclimation period and a
10 minute exposure to nebulized water for injection (WFI), guinea
pigs were exposed to an aerosol of test compound or vehicle (WFI).
These aerosols were generated from aqueous solutions using an LC
Star Nebulizer Set (Model 22F51, PARI Respiratory Equipment, Inc.
Midlothian, Va.) driven by a mixture of gases (CO.sub.2=5%, 02=21%
and N.sub.2=74%) at a pressure of 22 psi. The gas flow through the
nebulizer at this operating pressure was approximately 3 L/minute.
The generated aerosols were driven into the chambers by positive
pressure. No dilution air was used during the delivery of
aerosolized solutions. During the 10 minute nebulization,
approximately 1.8 mL of solution was nebulized. This was measured
gravimetrically by comparing pre-and post-nebulization weights of
the filled nebulizer.
[0389] The bronchoprotective effects of compounds administered via
inhalation were evaluated using whole body plethysmography at 1.5,
24, 48 and 72 hours post-dose. Forty-five minutes prior to the
start of the pulmonary evaluation, each guinea pig was anesthetized
with an intramuscular injection of ketamine (43.75 mg/kg), xylazine
(3.50 mg/kg) and acepromazine (1.05 mg/kg). After the surgical site
was shaved and cleaned with 70% alcohol, a 2-5 cm midline incision
of the ventral aspect of the neck was made. Then, the jugular vein
was isolated and cannulated with a saline-filled polyethylene
catheter (PE-50, Becton Dickinson, Sparks, Md.) to allow for
intravenous infusions of a 0.1 mg/mL solution of acetylcholine
(Ach), (Sigma-Aldrich, St. Louis, Mo.) in saline. The trachea was
then dissected free and cannulated with a 14G teflon tube (#NE-014,
Small Parts, Miami Lakes, Fla.). If required, anesthesia was
maintained by additional intramuscular injections of the
aforementioned anesthetic cocktail. The depth of anesthesia was
monitored and adjusted if the animal responded to pinching of its
paw or if the respiration rate was greater than 100
breaths/minute.
[0390] Once the cannulations were complete, the animal was placed
into a plethysmograph (#PLY3114, Buxco Electronics, Inc., Sharon,
Conn.) and an esophageal pressure cannula was inserted to measure
pulmonary driving pressure (pressure). The teflon tracheal tube was
attached to the opening of the plethysmograph to allow the guinea
pig to breathe room air from outside the chamber. The chamber was
then sealed. A heating lamp was used to maintain body temperature
and the guinea pig's lungs were inflated 3 times with 4 mL of air
using a 10 mL calibration syringe (#5520 Series, Hans Rudolph,
Kansas City, Mo.) to ensure that the lower airways had not
collapsed and that the animal did not suffer from
hyperventilation.
[0391] Once it was determined that baseline values were within the
range 0.3-0.9 mL/cm H.sub.2O for compliance and within the range
0.1-0.199 cm H.sub.2O/nL per second for resistance, the pulmonary
evaluation was initiated. A Buxco pulmonary measurement computer
progam enabled the collection and derivation of pulmonary values.
Starting this program initiated the experimental protocol and data
collection. The changes in volume over time that occured within the
plethysmograph with each breath were measured via a Buxco pressure
transducer. By integrating this signal over time, a measurement
offiow was calculated for each breath. This signal, together with
the pulmonary driving pressure changes, which were collected using
a Sensym pressure transducer (#TRD4T00), was connected via a Buxco
(MAX 2270) preamplifier to a data collection interface (#'s SFT3400
and SFT3813). All other pulmonary parameters were derived from
these two inputs.
[0392] Baseline values were collected for 5 minutes, after which
time the guinea pigs were challenged with Ach. Ach was infused
intravenously for 1 minute from a syringe pump (sp210iw, World
Precision Instruments, Inc., Sarasota, Fla.) at the following doses
and prescribed times from the start of the experiment: 1.9
.mu.g/minute at 5 minutes, 3.8 .mu.g/minute at 10 minutes, 7.5
.mu.g/minute at 15 minutes, 15.0 .mu.g/minute at 20 minutes, 30
.mu.g/minute at 25 minutes and 60 .mu.g/minute at 30 minutes. If
resistance or compliance had not returned to baseline values at 3
minutes following each Ach dose, the guinea pig's lungs were
inflated 3 times with 4 mL of air from a 10 mL calibration syringe.
Recorded pulmonary parameters included respiration frequency
(breaths/minute), compliance (mL/cm H.sub.2O) and pulmonary
resistance (cm H.sub.2O/nL per second) (Giles et al., 1971). Once
the pulmonary function measurements were completed at minute 35 of
this protocol, the guinea pig was removed from the plethysmograph
and euthanized by CO.sub.2 asphyxiation.
[0393] The quantity PD.sub.2, which is defined as the amount of Ach
needed to cause a doubling of the baseline pulmonary resistance,
was calculated using the pulmonary resistance values derived from
the flow and the pressure over a range of Ach challenges using the
following equation. This was derived from the equation used to
calculate PC.sub.20 values in the clinic (Am. Thoracic Soc, 2000).
1 PD 2 = antilog [ log C 1 + ( log C 2 - log C 1 ) ( 2 R 0 - R 1 )
R 2 - R 1 ]
[0394] where:
[0395] C.sub.1=Second to last Ach concentration (concentration
preceding C.sub.2)
[0396] C.sub.2=Final concentration of Ach (concentration resulting
in a 2-fold increase in pulmonary resistance (R.sub.L))
[0397] R.sub.0=Baseline R.sub.L value
[0398] R.sub.1=R.sub.L value after C.sub.1
[0399] R.sub.2=R.sub.L value after C.sub.2
[0400] Statistical analysis of the data was performed using a
One-Way Analysis of Variance followed by post-hoc analysis using a
Bonferroni/Dunn test. A P-value <0.05 was considered
significant.
[0401] Dose-response curves were fitted with a four parameter
logistic equation using GraphPad Prism, version 3.00 for Windows
(GraphPad Software, San Diego, Calif.)
Y=Min+(Max-Min)/(1+10{circumflex over ( )}((log
ED.sub.50-X)*Hillslope)),
[0402] where X is the logarithm of dose, Y is the response
(PD.sub.2), and Y starts at Min and approaches asymptotically to
Max with a sigmoidal shape.
[0403] Representative compounds of the invention were found to have
significant bronchoprotective activity at time points beyond 24
hours post-dose.
[0404] The following synthetic examples are offered to illustrate
the invention, and are not to be construed in any way as limiting
the scope of the invention.
EXAMPLES
[0405] In the examples below, the following abbreviations have the
following meanings. Any abbreviations not defined have their
generally accepted meaning. Unless otherwise stated, all
temperatures are in degrees Celsius.
9 Bn = benzyl Boc = tert-butoxycarbonyl DMSO = dimethyl sulfoxide
EtOAc = ethyl acetate TFA = trifluoroacetic acid THF =
tetrahydrofuran MgSO.sub.4 = anhydrous magnesium sulfate NaHMDS =
sodium hexamethyldisilazane TMSCl = trimethylsilyl chloride DMF =
dimethyl formamide Boc = tert-butoxycarbonyl TBS =
tert-butyldimethylsilyl
[0406] General: Unless noted otherwise, reagents, starting material
and solvents were purchased from commercial suppliers, for example
Sigma-Aldrich (St. Louis, Mo.), J. T. Baker (Phillipsburg, N.J.),
Honeywell Burdick and Jackson (Muskegon, Mich.), Trans World
Chemicals, Inc. (TCI) (Rockville, Md.), Mabybridge plc (Cornwall,
UK), Peakdale Molecular Limited (High Peak, UK), Avocado Research
Chemicals Limited (Lancashire, UK), and Bionet Research (Cornwall,
UK) and used without further purification; reactions were run under
nitrogen atmosphere; reaction mixtures were monitored by thin layer
chromatography (silica TLC), analytical high performance liquid
chromatography (anal. HPLC), or mass spectrometry; reaction
mixtures were commonly purified by flash column chromatography on
silica gel, or by preparative HPLC as described below; NMR samples
were dissolved in deuterated solvent (CD.sub.3OD, CDCl.sub.3, or
DMSO-d6), and spectra were acquired with a Varian Gemini 2000
instrument (300 MHz) using the residual protons of the listed
solvent as the internal standard unless otherwise indicated; and
mass spectrometric identification was performed by an electrospray
ionization method (ESMS) with a Perkin Elmer instrument (PE SCIEX
API 150 EX).
Example 1
Synthesis of Compound 1
[0407] 11
[0408] To 62 mg (0.1 mmol) of compound bb and 0.1 mmol of
N'-(4-heptyl-6-methyl-2-pyrimidinyl)sulfanilamide (available from
Sigma-Aldrich Library of Rare Chemicals) 0.15 mL of toluene were
added 9.3 mg (0.015 mmol) of
racemic-2,2'-bis(diphenylphosphino)-1,1'-binaphthy- l (Aldrich) in
0.15 mL toluene, 4.6 mg (0.05 mmol) of
tris(dibenzylidineacetone)dipalladium(0) (Aldrich) in 0.1 mL
toluene, and 29 mg (0.3 mmol) of sodium tert-butoxide slurried in
0.4 mL toluene. The mixture was shaken and heated at 80.degree. C.
for 5 hours. Acetic acid (80% aq., 0.6 mL) was added and the
mixture was shaken and heated at 80.degree. C. for 5 hours. The
crude reaction was diluted to a total volume of 2 mL with DMF,
filtered, and purified by reversed phase HPLC, using a
mass-triggered, automated collection device. The product containing
fractions were analyzed by analytical LC-MS, and freeze-dried to
give a TFA salt of compound 1 as a powder.
[0409] The intermediate compound bb was prepared as follows.
[0410] a. Synthesis of Compound xx. 12
[0411] To 5-bromo-2-hydroxybenzyl alcohol (93 g, 0.46 mol,
available from Aldrich) in 2.0 L of 2,2-dimethoxypropane was added
700 mL of acetone, followed by 170 g of ZnCl.sub.2. After stirring
for 18 hours, 1.0 M aqueous NaOH was added until the aqueous phase
was basic. 1.5 L of diethyl ether was added to the slurry, and the
organic phase was decanted into a seporatory funnel. The organic
phase was washed with brine, dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered,
and concentrated under reduced pressure to give compound xx as a
light orange oil. .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) .delta. 7.28 (m,
2H), 6.75 (d, 1H), 4.79 (s, 2H), 1.44 (s, 6H).
[0412] b. Synthesis of Compound yy 13
[0413] To 110 g (0.46 mol) of compound xx in 1.0 L of THF at
-78.degree. C. was added 236 mL (0.51 mol) of 2.14 M n-BuLi in
hexanes via a dropping funnel. After 30 minutes, 71 g (0.69 mol) of
N-Methyl-N-methoxyacetamide (available from TCI) was added. After 2
hours, the reaction was quenched with water, diluted with 2.0 L of
1.0 M aqueous phosphate buffer (pH=7.0), and extracted once with
diethyl ether. The diethyl ether phase was washed once with brine,
dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered, and concentrated under
reduced pressure to give a light orange oil. The oil was dissolved
in a minimum volume of ethyl acetate, diluted with hexanes, and the
product crystallized to give compound yy as a white solid. .sup.1H
NMR (300 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.79 (m, 1H), 7.65 (m, 1H), 6.85
(d, 1H), 4.88 (s, 2H), 2.54 (s, 3H), 1.56 (s, 6H).
[0414] c. Synthesis of Compound zz. 14
[0415] To 23.4 g (0.113 mol) of compound yy in 600 mL of THF at
-78.degree. C. was added 135 mL of 1.0 M NaHMDS in THF (Aldrich).
After 1 hour, 15.8 mL (0.124 mol) of TMSCl was added. After another
30 minutes, 5.82 mL (0.113 mol) of bromine was added. After a final
10 minutes, the reaction was quenched by diluting with diethyl
ether and pouring onto 500 mL of 5% aqueous Na.sub.2SO.sub.3
premixed with 500 mL of 5% aqueous NaHCO.sub.3. The phases were
separated, and the organic phase was washed with brine, dried over
Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure
to give compound zz as a light orange oil that solidified in the
freezer. .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.81 (m, 1H),
7.69 (m, 1H), 6.88 (d, 1H), 4.89 (s, 2H), 4.37 (s, 2H), 1.56 (s,
6H).
[0416] d. Synthesis of Compound aa. 15
[0417] To 32 g (0.113 mol) of compound zz in 300 mL methylene
chloride at 0.degree. C. was added 31.6 mL (0.23 mol) of
triethylamine, followed by 16.0 mL (0.10 mol)
of4-bromophenethylamine (Aldrich). After 2 hours, 27 g (0.10 mol)
of the 4,4'-dimethoxychlorodiphenylmethane was added. After 30
minutes, the slurry was partitioned between 50% saturated aqueous
NaHCO.sub.3 and diethyl ether, and the phases were separated. The
organic phase was washed once each with water and brine, dried over
K.sub.2CO.sub.3, filtered, and concentrated to an orange oil. The
oil was purified by silica gel chromatography (1400 L silica gel,
eluted with 3 acetonitrile/0.5 triethylamine/96.5 methylene
chloride) to give compound aa as a light orange foam. .sup.1H NMR
(300 MHz, DMSO-d6) .delta. 7.65 (m, 1H), 7.57 (m, 1H), 7.38 (d,
2H), 7.19 (d, 4H), 6.95 (d, 2H), 6.78 (m, 5H), 5.09 (s, 1H), 4.82
(s, 2H), 3.98 (s, 2H), 3.73 (m, 1H), 3.66 (s, 6H), 2.71 (m, 4H),
1.45 (s, 6H).
[0418] e. Synthesis of Compound bb. 16
[0419] To 41 g (65 mmol) of compound aa in 120 mL of THF was added
200 mL of methanol, followed by 2.46 g (65 mmol) of sodium
borohydride. After 1 hour, the solution was partitioned between 1.0
M aqueous phosphate buffer (pH=7.0) and diethyl ether, and the
phases were separated. The diethyl ether phase was washed with
brine, dried over K.sub.2CO.sub.3, filtered, and concentrated to an
oil. The oil was purified by silica gel chromatography (1200 mL
silica gel, eluted with 18 acetone/0.5 triethylamine/81.5 hexanes)
to give compound bb as a white foam. .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6)
.delta. 7.37 (d, 2H), 7.13 (m, 4H), 6.95-6.75 (m, 8H), 6.68 (d,
1H), 4.95 (d, 1H), 4.83 (s, 1H), 4.74 (s, 2H), 4.56 (m, 1H), 3.67
(2, 6H), 2.55 (m, 4H), 1.42 (s, 6H).
Example 2
Synthesis of Compound 2
[0420] 17
[0421] Using a coupling procedure similar to that described in
Example 1, except replacing the
N-(4-heptyl-6-methyl-2-pyrimidinyl)sulfanilamide with
N'-(5-methoxy-2-pyrimidinyl)sulfanilamide (sulfameter, available
from Aldrich), a TFA salt of compound 2 was prepared. m/z:
[M+H.sup.+] calcd for C.sub.28H.sub.31N.sub.5O.sub.6S 566.2; found
566.2.
Example 3
Synthesis of Compound 3
[0422] 18
[0423] Using a coupling procedure similar to that described in
Example 1, except replacing the
N'-(4-heptyl-6-methyl-2-pyrimidinyl)sulfanilamide with
N'-(4,6-dimethyl-2-pyrimidinyl)sulfanylamide (sulfamethazine,
available from Aldrich), a TFA salt of compound 3 was prepared.
m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd for C.sub.29H.sub.33N.sub.5O.sub.5S 564.2;
found 564.2.
Example 4
Synthesis of Compound 4
[0424] 19
[0425] Using a coupling procedure similar to that described in
Example 1, except replacing the
N.sup.1-(4-heptyl-6-methyl-2-pyrimidinyl)sulfanilami- de with
2-sulfanilamidopyrimidine (sulfapyridine, available from Aldrich),
a TFA salt of compound 4 was prepared. m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd for
C.sub.28H.sub.30N.sub.4O.sub.5S 535.2; found 535.2.
Example 5
Synthesis of Compound 5
[0426] 20
[0427] Using a coupling procedure similar to that described in
Example 1, except replacing the
N'-(4-heptyl-6-methyl-2-pyrimidinyl)sulfanilamide with
5-amino-ortho-toluenesulfonanilide (p-toluidine-o-sulfanilide,
available from Sigma-Aldrich Library of Rare Chemicals), a TFA salt
of compound 5 was prepared. m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd for
C.sub.30H.sub.33N.sub.3O.sub.5S 548.2; found 548.2.
Example 6
Synthesis of Compound 6
[0428] 21
[0429] Using a coupling procedure similar to that described in
Example 1, except replacing the
N.sup.1-(4-heptyl-6-methyl-2-pyrimidinyl)sulfanilami- de with
4-aminotoluene-2-sulfethylanilide (available from Sigma-Aldrich
Library of Rare Chemicals), a TFA salt of compound 6 was prepared.
m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd for C.sub.32H.sub.37N.sub.3O.sub.5S 576.3;
found 576.2.
Example 7
Synthesis of Compound 7
[0430] 22
[0431] Using a coupling procedure similar to that described in
Example 1, except replacing the
N'-(4-heptyl-6-methyl-2-pyrimidinyl)sulfanilamide with
4-(piperidinosulfonyl)aniline (available from Maybridge), a TFA
salt of compound 7 was prepared. m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd for
C.sub.28H.sub.35N.sub.3O.sub.5S 526.2; found 526.2.
Example 8
Synthesis of Compound 8
[0432] 23
[0433] Using a coupling procedure similar to that described in
Example 1, except replacing the
N.sup.1-(4-heptyl-6-methyl-2-pyrimidinyl)sulfanilami- de with
4-(morpholinosulfonyl)aniline (available from Maybridge), a TFA
salt of compound 8 was prepared. m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd for
C.sub.27H.sub.33N.sub.3O.sub.6S 528.2; found 528.2.
Example 9
Synthesis of Compound 9
[0434] 24
[0435] Using a coupling procedure similar to that described in
Example 1, except replacing the
N'-(4-heptyl-6-methyl-2-pyrimidinyl)sulfanilamide with
N'-(2,6-dimethylphenyl)-4-aminobenzene-1-sulfonamide (available
from Maybridge), a TFA salt of compound 9 was prepared. m/z:
[M+H.sup.+] calcd for C.sub.31H.sub.35N.sub.3O.sub.5S 562.2; found
562.2.
Example 10
Synthesis of Compound 10
[0436] 25
[0437] Using a coupling procedure similar to that described in
Example 1, except replacing the
N.sup.1-(4-heptyl-6-methyl-2-pyrimidinyl)sulfanilami- de with
N'-(2-thiazolyl)sulfanilamide (sulfathiazole, available from
Aldrich), a TFA salt of compound was prepared.
Example 11
Synthesis of Compound 11
[0438] 26
[0439] Using a coupling procedure similar to that described in
Example 1, except replacing the
N'-(4-heptyl-6-methyl-2-pyrimidinyl)sulfanilamide with
N'-[2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-4-aminobenzene-1-sulfonamide
(available from Maybridge), a TFA salt of compound 11 was
prepared.
Example 12
Synthesis of Compound 12
[0440] 27
[0441] Using a coupling procedure similar to that described in
Example 1, except replacing the
N.sup.1-(4-heptyl-6-methyl-2-pyrimidinyl)sulfanilami- de with
N'-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-4-aminobenzene-1-sulfonamide (available
from Maybridge), a TFA salt of compound 12 was prepared.
Example 13
Synthesis of Compound 13
[0442] 28
[0443] To a mixture of 0.69 g (1.83 mmol) of crude compound ee in 4
mL of methanol was added 70 mg of 10% palladium on carbon under a
stream of nitrogen and the reaction was shaken under 50 psi H.sub.2
for 2 days. The reaction was filtered and the residue was purified
by reversed phase HPLC (gradient of 10 to 50% acetonitrile in 0.1%
aqueous TFA). Fractions containing pure product were combined and
lyophilized to afford a TFA salt of compound 13 as a powder. m/z:
[M+H.sup.+] calcd for C.sub.27H.sub.32N.sub.4O.sub.6S 541.2; found
541.5.
[0444] The intermediate compound ee was prepared as follows.
[0445] a. Synthesis of Compound A. 29
[0446] To 10.7 g (53.0 mmol) of 4-bromophenethylamine (available
from Aldrich) in 100 mL of toluene was added 6.80 g (64 mmol) of
benzaldehyde. After stirring for 10 minutes, the cloudy mixture was
concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was
re-concentrated twice from toluene, and the clear oil was dissolved
in 50 mL of tetrahydrofuran. 2.0 g (53 mmol) of sodium borohydride
was added to the solution, followed by 20 mL of methanol, and the
flask was stirred in a water bath at ambient temperature for one
hour. 1.0 M aqueous HCl was added until the pH was below 1. The
slurry was stirred in an ice bath for 30 minutes, and the solids
were isolated by filtration, rinsed with cold water, and air dried
to give the hydrochloride salt of compound A as a colorless solid.
.sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) .delta. 9.40 (s, 2H), 7.50-7.32 (m,
7H), 7.14 (d, 2H), 4.07 (s, 2H), 3.03 (m, 2H), 2.92 (m, 2H).
[0447] b. Synthesis of Compound B. 30
[0448] To 5.0 g (15 mmol) of compound A in 100 mL of methanol was
added 1.70 g (16.5 mmol) of triethylamine. The solution was cooled
in an ice/water bath, and 3.66 g (16.8 mmol) of
di-tert-butyldicarbonate was added. After 3.5 hours, the solution
was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was
partitioned between 1.0 M aqueous NaHSO.sub.4 and diethyl ether,
and the phases were separated. The diethyl ether phase was washed
with water followed by brine, dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4,
filtered, and concentrated to give compound B (6.1 g, 93%) as a
colorless oil. .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) .delta. 7.38 (d, 2H),
7.28-7.13 (m, 5H), 7.04 (m, 2H), 4.29 (br s, 2H), 3.20 (m, 2H),
2.62 (m, 2H), 1.25 (s, 9H).
[0449] c. Synthesis of Compound dd. 31
[0450] To a flask containing 3.4 g (8.8 mmol) of compound B, 2.8 g
(11 mmol) of 4-morpholinosulfonyl)aniline (available from
Maybridge), 0.41 g (0.45 mmol) of
tris(dibenzylidineacetone)dipalladium(0), 0.83 g (1.3 mmol) of
rac-2,2'-bis(diphenylphosphino)-1,1'-binaphthyl, and 1.1 g (11
mmol) of sodium tert-butoxide was added 40 mL of toluene, and the
mixture was heated at 95.degree. C. for 6 h under a nitrogen
atmosphere. The mixture was diluted with 200 mL diethyl ether and
washed twice with 100 mL portions of 1.0 M aqueous NaHSO.sub.4,
followed by 100 mL of saturated aqueous NaHCO.sub.3. The diethyl
ether phase was dried over MgSO.sub.4, filtered, and concentrated
to a dark oil. The oil was purified by silica gel chromatography
(gradient of 30 to 40% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to afford compound
dd as a yellow foam (2.5 g, 51%).
[0451] d. Synthesis of Compound ee. 32
[0452] To 0.56 g of compound dd (0.6 mmol) in 6 mL CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2
was added 4 mL TFA. After 15 minutes, the solution was
concentrated, diluted with 30 mL ethyl acetate and washed twice
with 1.0 N aqueous sodium hydroxide. The ethyl acetate layer was
dried over MgSO.sub.4, filtered, and concentrated to an oil and
dissolved in 8 mL of 1:1 methanol:THF. Bromohydrin GG (340 mg, 0.96
mmol) and K.sub.2CO.sub.3 (370 mg, 2.7 mmol) were added and the
reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 h. The reaction
was concentrated and the residue was diluted with 30 mL water and
extracted twice with 30 mL portions of toluene. The toluene
extracts were combined, dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered, and
concentrated. The residue was heated to 120.degree. C. After 13 h,
the reaction was cooled to room temperature and the crude compound
dd was carried on to the next step without purification.
[0453] The intermediate bromohydrin GG can be prepared as described
in U.S. Pat. No. 6,268,533 BI; and in R. Hett et al., Organic
Process Research and Development, 1998, 2, 96-99. The intermediate
bromohydrin GG can also be prepared using procedures similar to
those described by Hong et al., Tetrahedron Lett., 1994, 35, 6631;
or similar to those described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,495,054.
Example 14
Synthesis of Compound 14
[0454] 33
[0455] To a mixture of 0.6 g (0.83 mmol) of compound 1i in 25 mL of
ethanol was added 200 mg of 10% palladium on carbon under a stream
of nitrogen and the reaction was allowed to stir under H.sub.2 at
atmospheric pressure for 5 days. The reaction was filtered and the
residue was purified by reversed phase HPLC (gradient of 10 to 50%
acetonitrile in 0.1% aqueous TFA). Fractions containing pure
product were combined and lyophilized to afford a TFA salt of
compound 14 as a powder. m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd for
C.sub.28H.sub.29N.sub.5O.sub.5S 548.2; found 548.3.
[0456] The intermediate ii was prepared as follows.
[0457] a. Synthesis of Compound hh. 34
[0458] To a flask containing 3.4 g (8.8 mmol) of compound B
(Example 13, part b), 2.0 g (8.0 mmol) of sulfapyridine (available
from Aldrich), 0.37 g (0.40 mmol) of
tris(dibenzylidineacetone)dipalladium(0), 0.75 g (1.2 mmol) of
racemic-2,2'-bis(diphenylphosphino)-1,1'-binaphthyl, and 2.31 g
(24.0 mmol) of sodium tert-butoxide was added 40 mL of toluene, and
the mixture was heated at 90.degree. C. for 18 h under a nitrogen
atmosphere. The mixture was diluted with 200 mL methylene chloride
and washed with 100 mL of saturated aqueous NaHCO.sub.3, followed
by 100 mL saturated aqueous NaCl. The organic phase was dried over
MgSO.sub.4, filtered, and concentrated. The oil was purified by
silica gel chromatography (gradient of 0 to 5% methanol in
methylene chloride) to afford compound hh as an orange solid.
[0459] b. Synthesis of Compound ii. 35
[0460] To 4.5 g of compound hh (8.1 mmol) in 20 mL CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2
was added 1.5 mL TFA. After 1 hour, the solution was concentrated,
basified with 1.0 N aqueous sodium hydroxide and extracted twice
with methylene chloride, followed by an extraction using ethyl
acetate. The organic layers were combined, dried over MgSO.sub.4,
filtered, and concentrated to an oil. The oil was purified by
silica gel chromatography (gradient of 2 to 10% methanol in
methylene chloride). The purified product was dissolved in 10 mL of
1:1 methanol:THF. Bromohydrin GG (Example 13, part d) (364 mg, 1.04
mmol) and K.sub.2CO.sub.3 (378 mg, 2.73 mmol) were added and the
reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 h. The reaction
was concentrated and the residue was diluted with 30 mL water and
extracted twice with 30 mL portions of toluene. The toluene
extracts were combined, dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered, and
concentrated. The residue was heated to 120.degree. C. After 2 h,
the reaction was cooled to room temperature and the crude compound
was purified by silica gel chromatography (gradient of 5 to 10%
methanol in methylene chloride) to afford compound 1i as a tan
solid.
Example 15
Synthesis of Compound 15
[0461] 36
[0462] To 610 mg of compound ff (0.82 mmol) in 5.0 mL acetic acid
was added 92 mg of 10% palladium on carbon. The reaction mixture
was shaken under 40 psi H.sub.2 for 20 h. The mixture was filtered
and the filtrate was purified by reversed phase HPLC (gradient of
10 to 40% acetonitrile in 0.1% aqueous TFA). Fractions containing
pure product were combined and lyophilized to afford a TFA salt of
compound 15 as a powder. m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd for
C.sub.29H.sub.32N.sub.4O.sub.6S 565.2; found 565.3.
[0463] The intermediate compound ff was prepared as follows.
[0464] a. Synthesis of Compound ff. 37
[0465] To 0.91 g of compound dd (1.6 mmol, Example 13, part c) in 8
mL CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 was added 6 mL TFA. After 15 minutes, the
solution was concentrated, diluted with 30 nL ethyl acetate and
washed twice with 1.0 N aqueous sodium hydroxide. The ethyl acetate
layer was dried over MgSO.sub.4, filtered, and concentrated to a
brown oil. The oil was dissolved in 6.0 mL of isopropanol and 375
mg (1.3 mmol) of epoxide P were added. The solution was heated to
70.degree. C. After 24 h, the solution was concentrated and the
product purified by silica gel chromatography (3% methanol in
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2). Pure fractions were combined and concentrated to
afford compound ff as a yellow foam.
[0466] The intermediate epoxide P can be prepared as described in
International Patent Application Publication Number WO 95/25104;
and as described in EP 0 147 719 A2 and EP 0 147 791 B.
Example 16
Synthesis of Compound 16
[0467] 38
[0468] Using a coupling procedure similar to that described in
Example 1, except replacing the
N.sup.1-(4-heptyl-6-methyl-2-pyrimidinyl)sulfanilami- de with
3-(methylthio)aniline (available from Aldrich), a TFA salt of
compound 16 was prepared. m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd for
C.sub.24H.sub.28N.sub.2O.sub.3S 425.2; found 425.1.
Example 17
Synthesis of Compound 17
[0469] 39
[0470] Using a coupling procedure similar to that described in
Example 1, except replacing the
N'-(4-heptyl-6-methyl-2-pyrimidinyl)sulfanilamide with
4-(methylthio)aniline (available from Aldrich), a TFA salt of
compound 17 was prepared. m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd for
C.sub.24H.sub.28N.sub.2O.sub.3S 425.2; found 425.1.
Example 18
Synthesis of Compound 18
[0471] 40
[0472] Using a coupling procedure similar to that described in
Example 1, except replacing the
N'-(4-heptyl-6-methyl-2-pyrimidinyl)sulfanilamide
4-(m-tolylthio)aniline (available from Sigma-Aldrich Library of
Rare Chemicals), a TFA salt of compound 18 was prepared. m/z:
[M+H.sup.+] calcd for C.sub.30H.sub.32N.sub.2O.sub.3S 501.2; found
501.2.
Example 19
Synthesis of Compound 19
[0473] 41
[0474] Using a coupling procedure similar to that described in
Example 1, except replacing the
N.sup.1-(4-heptyl-6-methyl-2-pyrimidinyl)sulfanilami- de with
4-[(4-methylpyrimidin-2-yl)thio]benzeneamine (available from
Peakdale), a TFA salt of compound 19 was prepared. m/z: [M+H.sup.+]
calcd for C.sub.28H.sub.30N.sub.4O.sub.3S 503.2; found 503.1.
Example 20
Synthesis of Compound 20
[0475] 42
[0476] Using a coupling procedure similar to that described in
Example 1, except replacing the
N.sup.1-(4-heptyl-6-methyl-2-pyrimidinyl)sulfanilami- de with
4-[(4-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl]aniline (available from Bionet), a TFA
salt of compound 20 was prepared.
Example 21
Synthesis of Compound 21
[0477] 43
[0478] Using a coupling procedure similar to that described in
Example 1, except replacing the
N.sup.1-(4-heptyl-6-methyl-2-pyrimidinyl)sulfanilami- de with
4-[(4-methylphenyl)sulfonyl]aniline (available from Bionet), a TFA
salt of compound 21 was prepared.
Example 22
Synthesis of Compound 22
[0479] 44
[0480] Using a coupling procedure similar to that described in
Example 1, except replacing the
N'-(4-heptyl-6-methyl-2-pyrimidinyl)sulfanilamide with
3-aminodiphenyl sulfone (available from Sigma-Aldrich Library of
Rare Chemicals), a TFA salt of compound 22 was prepared. m/z:
[M+H.sup.+] calcd for C.sub.29H.sub.30N.sub.2O.sub.5S 519.2; found
519.2.
Example 23
Synthesis of compound 23
[0481] 45
[0482] Using a coupling procedure similar to that described in
Example 1, except replacing the
N'-(4-heptyl-6-methyl-2-pyrimidinyl)sulfanilamide with
4-(4-chloro-benzenesulfonyl)-phenylamine (available from
Sigma-Aldrich Library of Rare Chemicals), a TFA salt of compound 23
was prepared. m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd for
C.sub.29H.sub.29ClN.sub.2O.sub.5S 553.2; found 553.1.
Example 24
Synthesis of Compound 24
[0483] 46
[0484] Using a coupling procedure similar to that described in
Example 1, except replacing the
N.sup.1-(4-heptyl-6-methyl-2-pyrimidinyl)sulfanilami- de with
4-(methylsulfonyl)aniline (available from Maybridge), a TFA salt of
compound 24 was prepared. m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd for
C.sub.24H.sub.28N.sub.2O.sub.5S 457.2; found 457.1.
Example 25
Synthesis of Compound 25
[0485] 47
[0486] Using a coupling procedure similar to that described in
Example 1, except replacing the
N.sup.1-(4-heptyl-6-methyl-2-pyrimidinyl)sulfanilami- de with
4-(phenylsulfonyl)aniline (available from Maybridge), a TFA salt of
compound 25 was prepared. m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd for
C.sub.29H.sub.30N.sub.2O.sub.5S 519.2; found 519.2.
Example 26
Synthesis of Compound 26
[0487] 48
[0488] Using a coupling procedure similar to that described in
Example 1, except replacing the
N'-(4-heptyl-6-methyl-2-pyrimidinyl)sulfanilamide with
4-[(4-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl]aniline (available from Maybridge), a
TFA salt of compound 26 was prepared. m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd for
C.sub.29H.sub.29FN.sub.2O.sub.5S 537.2; found 537.1.
Example 27
Synthesis of Compound 27
[0489] 49
[0490] Using a coupling procedure similar to that described in
Example 1, except replacing the
N'-(4-heptyl-6-methyl-2-pyrimidinyl)sulfanilamide with
3,4-ethylenedioxyaniline (available from Aldrich), a TFA salt of
compound 27 was prepared.
Example 28
Synthesis of Compound 28
[0491] 50
[0492] Using a coupling procedure similar to that described in
Example 1, except replacing the
N'-(4-heptyl-6-methyl-2-pyrimidinyl)sulfanilamide with
4-methoxyaniline (p-anisidine, available from Aldrich), a TFA salt
of compound 28 was prepared.
Example 29
Synthesis of Compound 29
[0493] 51
[0494] Using a coupling procedure similar to that described in
Example 1, except replacing the
N.sup.1-(4-heptyl-6-methyl-2-pyrimidinyl)sulfanilami- de with
3-ethoxyaniline (m-anisidine, available from Aldrich), a TFA salt
of compound 29 was prepared.
Example 30
Synthesis of
N-{2-[4-(4-ethoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-2-hydroxy-2-(3-hyd-
roxymethyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)ethylamine (30)
[0495] 52
[0496] Using a coupling procedure similar to that described in
Example 1, except replacing the
N.sup.1-(4-heptyl-6-methyl-2-pyrimidinyl)sulfanilami- de with
l-amino-4-ethoxybenzene (p-phenetidine, available from Aldrich), a
TFA salt of compound 30 was prepared.
Example 31
Synthesis of Compound 31
[0497] 53
[0498] Using a coupling procedure similar to that described in
Example 1, except replacing the
N'-(4-heptyl-6-methyl-2-pyrimidinyl)sulfanilamide with
3-chloro-4-methoxyaniline (available from Aldrich), a TFA salt of
compound 31 was prepared.
Example 32
Synthesis of Compound 32
[0499] 54
[0500] Using a coupling procedure similar to that described in
Example 1, except replacing the
N'-(4-heptyl-6-methyl-2-pyrimidinyl)sulfanilamide with
3,4,5-trimethoxyaniline (available from Aldrich), a TFA salt of
compound 32 was prepared. m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd for
C.sub.26H.sub.32N.sub.2O.sub.6 469.2; found 469.2.
Example 33
Synthesis of Compound 33
[0501] 55
[0502] Using a coupling procedure similar to that described in
Example 1, except replacing the
N'-(4-heptyl-6-methyl-2-pyrimidinyl)sulfanilamide with
4-benzyloxyaniline hydrochloride (available from Aldrich), a TFA
salt of compound 33 was prepared. m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd for
C.sub.30H.sub.32N.sub.2O.sub.4 485.2; found 485.2.
Example 34
Synthesis of Compound 34
[0503] 56
[0504] Using a coupling procedure similar to that described in
Example 1, except replacing the
N'-(4-heptyl-6-methyl-2-pyrimidinyl)sulfanilamide with
3,4-dimethoxyaniline (available from Aldrich), a TFA salt of
compound 34 was prepared. m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd for
C.sub.25H.sub.30N.sub.2O.sub.5 439.2; found 439.2.
Example 35
Synthesis of Compound 35
[0505] 57
[0506] Using a coupling procedure similar to that described in
Example 1, except replacing the
N'-(4-heptyl-6-methyl-2-pyrimidinyl)sulfanilamide with
3,4-(trimethylenedioxy)aniline (available from Maybridge), a TFA
salt of compound 35 was prepared. m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd for
C.sub.26H.sub.30N.sub.2O.sub.5 451.2; found 451.2.
Example 36
Synthesis of Compound 36
[0507] 58
[0508] Using a coupling procedure similar to that described in
Example 1, except replacing the
N.sup.1-(4-heptyl-6-methyl-2-pyrimidinyl)sulfanilami- de with
4-isopropoxyaniline (available from TCI America), a TFA salt of
compound 36 was prepared.m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd for
C.sub.26H.sub.32N.sub.2O.sub.4 437.2; found 437.2.
Example 37
Synthesis of
N-{2-[4-(4-ethoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(3-
-hydroxymethyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)ethylamine (37)
[0509] 59
[0510] To a mixture of 3.0 g (4.98 mmol) of compound F, prepared in
part c below, in 70 ml of ethanol was added 1.0 g of 10% Palladium
on carbon under a stream of nitrogen. The flask was fitted with a
balloon of hydrogen gas, and the reaction was vigorously stirred
for 1.5 hours. The reaction was filtered through celite, using
methanol to rinse, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced
pressure. The residue was dissolved in 40 ml of 1/1
isopropanol/methanol, 2.74 ml of 4M HCl in dioxane was added, and
the product was precipitated as the di-HCl salt by adding the
solution to a large volume of EtOAc. The solids were isolated by
filtration to give the di-HCl salt of compound 37 as a white solid.
.sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) .delta. 8.94 (br s, 1H), 8.63 (br s,
1H), 6.97-6.67 (m, I 1H), 4.76 (m, 1H), 4.39 (s, 2H), 4.29 (br,
4H), 3.87 (dd, 2H), 3.02-2.76 (m, 6H), 1.22 (t, 3H). m/z:
[M+H.sup.+] calcd for C.sub.25H.sub.30N.sub.2O.sub.4 423.2; found
423.2.
[0511] The intermediate compound F was prepared as follows.
[0512] a. Synthesis of Compound C. 60
[0513] To a flask containing 3.0 g (7.7 mmol) of compound B, 1.26 g
(9.1 mmol, Example 13, part b) of para-phenetidine
(4-ethoxyaniline, available from Aldrich), 0.32 g (0.35 mmol) of
tris(dibenzylidineacetone)dipalladiu- m(0), 0.65 g (1.0Smmol) of
racemic-2,2'-bis(diphenylphosphino)-1,1'-binaph- thyl, and 0.88 g
(9.1 mmol) of sodium tert-butoxide was added 35 ml of toluene, and
the mixture was heated at 95.degree. C. for 5.5 hours under a
nitrogen atmosphere. The mixture was partitioned between 1.0 M
aqueous NaHSO.sub.4 and diethyl ether, and the phases were
separated. The diethyl ether phase was diluted with one volume of
hexanes, and was washed once each with 1.0 M aqueous NaHSO.sub.4
and brine, dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered, and concentrated
to a dark oil. The oil was purified by chromatography, using 15%
EtOAc/85% hexanes as eluent, to give 2.52 g (73%) of compound C as
a dark orange oil. .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) .delta. 7.64 (s,
1H), 7.28-7.13 (m, 5H), 6.91-6.72 (m, 8H), 4.27 (s, 2H), 3.92 (q,
2H), 3.25 (s, 2H), 3.15 (m, 2H), 2.52 (m, 2H), 1.31 (s, 9H), 1.21
(t, 3H). m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd for C.sub.28H.sub.34N.sub.2O.sub.3
447.3; found 447.8.
[0514] b. Synthesis of Compound E. 61
[0515] To 2.93 g (6.56 mmol) of compound C in 15 ml of
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 at 0.degree. C. was added 15 ml of trifluoroacetic
acid. After 40 minutes, the solution was concentrated under reduced
pressure, and the residue was partitioned between 1M NaOH and
EtOAc. The phases were separated, and the EtOAc phase was washed
once each with water and brine, dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4,
filtered, and concentrated to an orange oil. The oil was dissolved
in 20 ml of isopropanol, 1.86 g (6.56 mmol) of the epoxide a was
added, and the solution was heated at 78.degree. C. overnight. The
mixture was cooled to room temperature, and concentrated under
reduced pressure to give compound E as an orange oil that was used
without purification in the next step.
[0516] c. Synthesis of Compound F. 62
[0517] To 6.56 mmol of crude compound E from the previous step in
40 mL of tetrahydrofuran at 0.degree. C. was added 16.4 mL (16.4
mmol) of IM lithium aluminum hydride in tetrahydrofuran. After 2
hours, the reaction was quenched by slow addition of sodium sulfate
decahydrate. The slurry was diluted with diethyl ether, dried over
Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered, and concentrated to an orange oil. The
oil was purified by chromatography, using 50% EtOAc/50% hexanes as
eluent, to give compound F as an off-white foam. .sup.1H NMR (300
MHz, DMSO-d6) .delta. 7.61 (s, 1H), 7.37-6.71 (m, 21H), 5.02 (s,
2H), 4.94 (m, 1H), 4.67 (m, 1H), 4.55 (m, 1H), 4.48 (d, 2H), 3.85
(dd, 2H), 3.63 (dd, 2H), 2.53 (m, 6H), 1.21 (t, 3H).
[0518] The intermediate epoxide a can be prepared as described by
R. Hett et al., Tetrahedron Lett., 1994, 35, 9357-9378.
Example 38
Synthesis of
N-{2-[4-(4-ethoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8-
-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine (38)
[0519] 63
[0520] To a solution of 200 mg of compound Q (0.36 mmol) in 5.0 mL
methanol was added 45 mg of 10% palladium on carbon. The reaction
was placed under 1 atm H.sub.2 gas. After 20 h, an additional 25 mg
of 10% palladium on carbon was added and the reaction was stirred
under 1 atm H.sub.2 for an additional 24 h after which time the
reaction was filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified
by reversed phase preparative HPLC (gradient of 15-50% acetonitrile
in 0.1% TFA). Fractions containing pure product were combined and
lyophilized to afford a TFA salt of compound 6 as a powder. A
sample of the TFA salt (39.7 mg) was dissolved in acetonitrile (1.0
mL), diluted with water (2.0 mL) and then 0.1 N HCl (5.0 mL). The
solution was frozen and lyophilized to afford the hydrochloride
salt of compound 38 (38.3 mg) as a yellow powder. .sup.1H NMR (300
MHz, DMSO-d6) .delta. 10.5 (br s, 2H), 9.20 (br s, 1H), 8.75 (br s,
1H), 8.22 (d, 1H) 7.15 (d, 1H), 6.95-7.05 (m, 5H), 6.80-6.90 (m,
4H), 6.56 (d, 1H), 5.40 (dd, 1H), 3.95 (quar, 2H), 2.95-3.18 (m,
4H), 2.80-2.95 (m, 2H), 1.29 (t, 3H); m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd for
C.sub.27H.sub.29N.sub.3O.sub.4 460.22; found 460.2.
[0521] The intermediate compound Q was prepared as follows.
[0522] a. Synthesis of Compound X. 64
[0523] To 7.03 g (35.1 mmol) of 4-bromophenethylamine
(Sigma-Aldrich) in 60 mL of THF was added 8.6 g (39.4 mmol) of
di-tert-butyldicarbonate. After 10 minutes, the solution was
concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was
partitioned between saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate and ethyl
acetate. The ethyl acetate phase was washed with brine, dried over
MgSO.sub.4, filtered, and concentrated to give compound X as a
white solid.
[0524] b. Synthesis of Compound Y. 65
[0525] To a flask containing 1.2 g (4.1 mmol) of compound X, 0.72 g
(5.3 mmol) of para-phenetidine (4-ethoxyaniline, Sigma-Aldrich),
0.19 g (0.35 mmol) of tris(dibenzylidineacetone)dipalladium(0),
0.38 g (0.61 mmol) of
rac-2,2'-bis(diphenylphosphino)-1,1'-binaphthyl, and 0.51 g (5.3
mmol) of sodium tert-butoxide, was added 35 mL of toluene, and the
mixture was heated at 95.degree. C. for 16 hours under an nitrogen
atmosphere. The mixture was partitioned between 1.0 M aqueous
NaHSO.sub.4 and diethyl ether. The diethyl ether phase was washed
once each with saturated NaHCO.sub.3 and brine, dried over
MgSO.sub.4, filtered, and concentrated to a dark oil. The oil was
purified by silica gel chromatography, using 15% EtOAc/85% hexanes
as eluant, to give compound Y as a dark orange oil.
[0526] c. Synthesis of Compound Q. 66
[0527] To 1.0 g of compound Y (2.8 mmol) in 5 mL CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2
was added 4 mL TFA. After 15 minutes, the solution was
concentrated, diluted with 50 mL isopropyl acetate and washed twice
with 1.0 M aqueous NaOH. The isopropyl acetate layer was dried over
MgSO.sub.4, filtered, and concentrated to a brown oil. The oil was
dissolved in 5.0 mL of isopropanol and 390 mg (1.3 mmol) of epoxide
P (Example 15, part a) were added. The solution was heated to
70.degree. C. After 36 h, the solution was concentrated and the
product purified by reversed phase HPLC (gradient of 20-70%
acetonitrile in 0.1% TFA). Fractions containing pure product were
combined and concentrated to remove acetonitrile. The aqueous
residue was diluted with brine and extracted with ethyl acetate.
The ethyl acetate layer was dried over MgSO.sub.4 and concentrated
to afford compound Q as a yellow foam.
Example 39
Synthesis of Compound 39
[0528] 67
[0529] Using a coupling procedure similar to that described in
Example 1, except replacing the
N'-(4-heptyl-6-methyl-2-pyrimidinyl)sulfanilamide with
3,4-dimethylaniline (available from Aldrich), a TFA salt of
compound 39 was prepared.
Example 40
Synthesis of Compound 40
[0530] 68
[0531] Using a coupling procedure similar to that described in
Example 1, except replacing the
N.sup.1-(4-heptyl-6-methyl-2-pyrimidinyl)sulfanilami- de with
5-aminoindan (available from Aldrich), a TFA salt of compound 40
was prepared.
Example 41
Synthesis of Compound 41
[0532] 69
[0533] Using a coupling procedure similar to that described in
Example 1, except replacing the
N.sup.1-(4-heptyl-6-methyl-2-pyrimidinyl)sulfanilami- de with
m-toluidine (available from Aldrich), a TFA salt of compound 41 was
prepared.
Example 42
Synthesis of Compound 42
[0534] 70
[0535] Using a coupling procedure similar to that described in
Example 1, except replacing the
N.sup.1-(4-heptyl-6-methyl-2-pyrimidinyl)sulfanilami- de with
4-aminodiphenylamine (available from Aldrich), a TFA salt of
compound 42 was prepared.
Example 43
Synthesis of Compound 43
[0536] 71
[0537] Using a coupling procedure similar to that described in
Example 1, except replacing the
N.sup.1-(4-heptyl-6-methyl-2-pyrimidinyl)sulfanilami- de with
3-ethylaniline (available from Aldrich), a TFA salt of compound 43
was prepared. m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd for
C.sub.25H.sub.30N.sub.2O.sub.3 407.2; found 407.2.
Example 44
Synthesis of Compound 44
[0538] 72
[0539] Using a coupling procedure similar to that described in
Example 1, except replacing the
N.sup.1-(4-heptyl-6-methyl-2-pyrimidinyl)sulfanilami- de with
3-methyl-4-isopropylaniline hydrochloride (available from Avocado
Chemicals), a TFA salt of compound 44 was prepared. m/z:
[M+H.sup.+] calcd for C.sub.27H.sub.34N.sub.2O.sub.3 435.3; found
435.2.
Example 45
Synthesis of Compound 45
[0540] 73
[0541] Using a coupling procedure similar to that described in
Example 1, except replacing the
N.sup.1-(4-heptyl-6-methyl-2-pyrimidinyl)sulfanilami- de with
4-(trifluoromethoxy)aniline (available from Aldrich), a TFA salt of
compound 45 was prepared. m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd for
C.sub.24H.sub.25F.sub.3N.sub.2O.sub.4 463.2; found 463.2.
Example 46
Synthesis of Compound 46
[0542] 74
[0543] Using a coupling procedure similar to that described in
Example 1, except replacing the
N'-(4-heptyl-6-methyl-2-pyrimidinyl)sulfanilamide with
4-amino-2-cyclohexylphenol (available from Sigma-Aldrich Library of
Rare Chemicals), a TFA salt of compound 46 was prepared. m/z:
[M+H.sup.+] calcd for C.sub.29H.sub.36N.sub.2O.sub.4 477.3; found
477.2.
Example 47
Synthesis of Compound 47
[0544] 75
[0545] Using a coupling procedure similar to that described in
Example 1, except replacing the
N.sup.1-(4-heptyl-6-methyl-2-pyrimidinyl)sulfanilami- de with
2-naphthylamine (available from Aldrich), a TFA salt of compound 47
was prepared.
Example 48
Synthesis of
N-{2-[4-(3-phenylphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-2-hydroxy-2-(3-hyd-
roxymethyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)ethylamine (48)
[0546] 76
[0547] Using a coupling procedure similar to that described in
Example 1, except replacing the
N'-(4-heptyl-6-methyl-2-pyrimidinyl)sulfanilamide with
3-aminobiphenyl (available from Trans World Chemicals, Inc.), a TFA
salt of compound 48 was prepared.
Example 49
Synthesis of
N-{2-[4-(3-phenyl-4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-2-hydrox-
y-2-(3-hydroxymethyl-4hydroxyphenyl)ethylamine (49)
[0548] 77
[0549] Using a coupling procedure similar to that described in
Example 1, except replacing the
N.sup.1-(4-heptyl-6-methyl-2-pyrimidinyl)sulfanilami- de with
3-phenyl-p-anisidine hydrochloride (available from Trans World
Chemicals, Inc.), a TFA salt of compound 49 was prepared.
Example 50
Synthesis of Compound 50
[0550] 78
[0551] Using a coupling procedure similar to that described in
Example 1, except replacing the
N.sup.1-(4-heptyl-6-methyl-2-pyrimidinyl)sulfanilami- de with
6-amino-3,4-benzocoumarin (available from Aldrich), a TFA salt of
compound 50 was prepared. m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd for
C.sub.30H.sub.28N.sub.2O.sub.5 497.2; found 497.1.
Example 51
Synthesis of Compound 51
[0552] 79
[0553] Using a coupling procedure similar to that described in
Example 1, except replacing the
N'-(4-heptyl-6-methyl-2-pyrimidinyl)sulfanilamide with
4-aminobiphenyl (available from Aldrich), a TFA salt of compound 51
was prepared. m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd for
C.sub.29H.sub.30N.sub.2O.sub.3 455.2; found 455.2.
Example 52
Synthesis of
N-{2-[4-(3-phenyl-4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hy-
droxy-2-(3-hydroxymethyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)ethylamine (52)
[0554] 80
[0555] To 2.0 g (3.10 mmol) of compound H in 50 mL of ethanol was
added 0.70 g of 10% palladium on carbon under a stream of nitrogen.
The flask was fitted with a balloon of hydrogen gas, and the
reaction was vigorously stirred for 1.5 hours. The reaction was
filtered through celite, using methanol to rinse, and the filtrate
was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved
in 20 mL isopropanol, 1.65 mL of 4.0 N HCl in dioxane was added,
and the product was precipitated by adding the solution to a large
volume of diethyl ether. The solids were isolated by filtration to
give 1.43 g (80%) of a hydrochloride salt of compound 52 as a white
solid. .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) .delta. 9.4 (b, 1H), 9.01 (br
s, 1H), 8.65 (br s, 1H), 7.39-7.22 (m, 6H), 6.99-6.83 (m, 8H), 6.69
(d, 1H), 5.45 (br, 4H), 4.77 (m, 1H), 4.39 (s, 2H), 3.62 (s, 3H),
3.02-2.78 (m, 6H). m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd for
C.sub.30H.sub.32N.sub.2O.sub.4 485.2; found 485.4.
[0556] The intermediate compound H was prepared as follows.
[0557] a. Synthesis of Compound D. 81
[0558] To a flask containing 3.91 g (10 mmol) of compound B
(Example 13, part b), 3.06 g (13 mmol) of 4-methoxy-3-phenylaniline
hydrochloride (from TCI), 0.46 g (0.5 mmol) of
tris(dibenzylidineacetone)dipalladium(0)- , 0.93 g (1.5 mmol) of
racemic-2,2'-bis(diphenylphosphino)-1,1'-binaphthyl- , and 2.21 g
(23 mmol) of sodium tert-butoxide was added 50 mL of toluene, and
the mixture was heated at 95.degree. C. for 5.5 hours under an
nitrogen atmosphere. The mixture was partitioned between 1.0 M
aqueous NaHSO.sub.4 and diethyl ether, and the phases were
separated. The diethyl ether phase was diluted with one volume of
hexanes, and was washed once each with 1.0 M aqueous NaHSO.sub.4
and brine, dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered, and concentrated
to a dark oil. The oil was purified by silica gel chromatography,
using 12% EtOAc/88% hexanes as eluent, to give compound D as a
yellow foam. .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) .delta. 7.76 (s, 1H),
7.38-7.13 (m, 10H), 6.95-6.81 (m, 7H), 4.28 (s, 2H), 3.61 (s, 3H),
3.16 (m, 2H), 2.53 (m, 2H), 1.29 (s, 9H).
[0559] b. Synthesis of Compound G. 82
[0560] To 2.60 g (5.11 mmol) of compound D in 15 mL of
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 at 0.degree. C. was added 15 mL of trifluoroacetic
acid. After 40 minutes, the solution was concentrated under reduced
pressure, and the residue was partitioned between 1M aqueous NaOH
and EtOAc. The phases were separated, and the EtOAc phase was
washed once each with water and brine, dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4,
filtered, and concentrated to an orange residue. The residue was
dissolved in 15 mL of isopropanol, 1.45 g (5.11 mmol) of the
epoxide a (Example 37, part b) was added, and the solution was
heated at 78.degree. C. overnight. The mixture was cooled to room
temperature, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give
compound G as an orange oil which was used in the next step without
purification.
[0561] c. Synthesis of Compound H. 83
[0562] To 5.11 mmol of crude compound G from the previous step in
40 mL of tetrahydrofuran at 0.degree. C. was added 12.7 mL (12.7
mmol) of 1.0 M lithium aluminum hydride in tetrahydrofuran. After 2
hours, the reaction was quenched by slow addition of sodium sulfate
decahydrate. The slurry was diluted with diethyl ether, dried over
Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered, and concentrated to an orange oil. The
oil was purified by chromatography, using 50% EtOAc/50% hexanes as
eluent, to give 2.0 g (61%, 2 steps) of compound H as a white foam.
.sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) .delta. 7.72 (s, 1H), 7.38-6.77 (m,
25H), 5.00 (s, 2H), 4.92 (m, 1H), 4.65 (m, 1H), 4.55 (m, 1H), 4.45
(d, 2H), 3.62 (s, 2H), 3.61 (s, 3H), 2.52 (m, 6H).
Example 53
Synthesis of
N-{2-[4-(3-phenyl-4-ethoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hyd-
roxy-2-(3-hydroxymethyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)ethylamine (53)
[0563] 84
[0564] To a mixture of 825 mg (1.22 mmol) of compound N in 15 mL of
ethanol was added 260 mg of 10% palladium on carbon under a stream
of nitrogen. The flask was fitted with a balloon of hydrogen gas,
and the reaction was vigorously stirred for 3 hours. The reaction
was filtered through celite, using methanol to rinse, and the
filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was
dissolved in 10 mL isopropanol, 0.67 mL of 4.0 M HCl in dioxane was
added, and the product was precipitated by adding the solution to a
large volume of EtOAc. The solids were isolated by filtration to
give a hydrochloride salt of compound 53 as a white solid. m/z:
[M+H.sup.+] calcd for C.sub.31H.sub.32N.sub.2O.sub.4 499.3; found
499.3.
[0565] The intermediate compound N was prepared as follows.
[0566] a. Synthesis of Compound J. 85
[0567] 4.84 g (20.5 mmol) of 4-methoxy-3-phenylaniline
hydrochloride (available from TCI) was partitioned between diethyl
ether and 1.0 M aqueous NaOH, and the phases were separated. The
diethyl ether phase was washed once each with water and brine,
dried over K.sub.2CO.sub.3, filtered, and concentrated to a brown
solid. The solid was dissolved in 100 mL of CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2, the
solution was cooled to 0.degree. C., and 21.2 g (84.6 mmol) of
boron tribromide was added. After 20 minutes, the reaction was
poured over 500 mL of ice, and the mixture was stirred overnight.
The mixture was washed twice with EtOAc to remove oxidized
material, and the EtOAc phases were discarded. The acidic phase was
basified with solid NaHCO.sub.3, and was extracted twice with
EtOAc. The combined EtOAc phases were washed once with brine, dried
over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered, and concentrated to give 2.48 g of
compound J as a brown solid. .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) .delta.
8.37 (s, 1H), 7.41-7.14 (m, 5H), 6.57-6.32 (m, 3H), 4.45 (s,
2H).
[0568] b. Synthesis of Compound K. 86
[0569] To 2.28 g (12.2 mmol) of compound J in 45 mL of
dimethylformamide at 0.degree. C. was added 734 mg (18.4 mmol) of
60% NaH in oil. After 10 minutes, 1.90 g (12.2 mmol) of iodoethane
was added. After 20 minutes, the solution was partitioned between
diethyl ether and 5% aqueous Na.sub.2SO.sub.3, and the phases were
separated. The diethyl ether phase was washed once each with 1.0 M
aqueous NaOH, water, and brine, dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, and
concentrated to give compound K as a dark brown oil. .sup.1H NMR
(300 MHz, DMSO-d6) .delta. 7.37-7.19 (m, 5H), 6.73 (d, 1H),
6.47-6.42 (m, 2H), 4.65 (s, 2H), 3.73 (q, 2H), 1.07 (t, 3H).
[0570] c. Synthesis of Compound L. 87
[0571] To a flask containing 3.97 g (10.7 mmol) of compound B
(Example 13, part b), 2.27 g (12.2 mmol) of compound K, 0.46 g (0.5
mmol) of tris(dibenzylidineacetone)dipalladium (0), 0.95 g (1.5
mmol) of racemic-2,2'-bis(diphenylphosphino)-1,1'-binaphthyl, and
1.27 g (13.3 mmol) of sodium tert-butoxide was added 48 nL of
toluene, and the mixture was heated at 95.degree. C. for 5.5 hours
under an nitrogen atmosphere. The mixture was partitioned between
1.0 M aqueous NaHSO.sub.4 and diethyl ether, and the phases were
separated. The diethyl ether phase was diluted with one volume of
hexanes, and was washed once each with 1.0 M aqueous NaHSO.sub.4
and brine, dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered, and concentrated
to a dark oil. The oil was purified by silica gel chromatography,
using 10% EtOAc/90% hexanes as eluent, to give 4.13 g (77%) of
compound L as a yellow foam. .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) .delta.
7.76 (s, 1H), 7.42-7.13 (m, 10H), 6.93-6.81 (m, 7H), 4.27 (s, 2H),
3.86 (q, 2H), 3.25 (m, 2H), 2.53 (m, 2H), 1.28 (s, 9H), 1.13 (t,
3H).
[0572] d. Synthesis of Compound M. 88
[0573] To 1.40 g (2.68 mmol) of compound L in 15 mL of
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 at 0.degree. C. was added 15 mL of trifluoroacetic
acid. After 40 minutes, the solution was concentrated under reduced
pressure, and the residue was partitioned between 1.0 M aqueous
NaOH and EtOAc. The phases were separated, and the EtOAc phase was
washed once each with water and brine, dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4,
filtered, and concentrated to an orange residue. The residue was
dissolved in 15 ntL of isopropanol, 1.45 g (2.68 mmol) of the
epoxide a (Example 37, part b) was added, and the solution was
heated at 78.degree. C. overnight. The mixture was cooled to room
temperature, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give an
orange oil that was taken on without analysis.
[0574] e. Synthesis of Compound N. 89
[0575] To 2.68 mmol of crude compound M in 20 mL of tetrahydrofuran
at 0.degree. C. was added 7.0 mL (7.0 mmol) of 1.0 M lithium
aluminum hydride in tetrahydrofuran. After 2 hours, the reaction
was quenched by slow addition of sodium sulfate decahydrate. The
slurry was diluted with diethyl ether, dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4,
filtered, and concentrated to an orange oil. The oil was purified
by silica gel chromatography, using 50% EtOAc/50% hexanes as
eluent, to give 835 mg of compound N as a white foam. .sup.1H NMR
(300 MHz, DMSO-d6) .delta. 7.73 (s, 1H), 7.42-6.77 (m, 25H), 5.00
(s, 2H), 4.93 (m, 1H), 4.66 (d, 1H), 4.51 (m, 1H), 4.47 (m, 2H),
3.86 (q, 2H), 3.62 (m, 2H), 2.55 (m, 6H), 1.13 (t, 3H).
Example 54
Synthesis of
N-{2-[4-(3-phenyl-4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hy-
droxy-2-(3-formamido-4-hydroxyphenyl)ethylamine (54)
[0576] 90
[0577] To a mixture of 1.24 g (1.83 mmol) of compound I in 30 mL of
ethanol and 20 mL of methanol was added 400 mg of 10% palladium on
carbon under a stream of nitrogen. The flask was fitted with a
balloon of hydrogen gas, and the reaction was vigorously stirred
for 1.5 hours. The reaction was filtered through celite, using
methanol to rinse, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced
pressure. The residue was dissolved in 20 mL isopropanol, 0.21 mL
of 4.0 M HCl in dioxane was added, and the product was precipitated
by adding the solution to a large volume of EtOAc. The solids were
isolated by filtration to give 447 mg of a hydrochloride salt of
compound 54 as a white solid. .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6)
.delta. 10.03 (br s, 1H), 9.55 (s, 1H), 8.81 (br s, 1H), 8.59 (br
s, 1H), 8.20 (d, 1H), 8.07 (d, 1H), 7.39-7.20 (m, 5H), 6.99-6.79
(m, 10H), 4.75 (m, 1H), 3.62 (s, 3H), 3.03-2.72 (m, 6H). m/z:
[M+H.sup.+] calcd for C.sub.30H.sub.31N.sub.3O.sub.4 498.2; found
498.5.
[0578] The intermediate compound I was prepared as follows.
[0579] a. Synthesis of Compound I. 91
[0580] To 944 mg (1.85 mmol) of compound D (Example 52, part a) in
6 mL of CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 at 0.degree. C. was added 6 mL of
trifluoroacetic acid. After 40 minutes, the solution was
concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was
partitioned between 1.0 M aqueous NaOH and EtOAc. The phases were
separated, and the EtOAc phase was washed once each with water and
brine, dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered, and concentrated to
an orange oil.
[0581] The residue from above was dissolved in 5 mL of isopropanol,
500 mg (1.85 mmol) of the epoxide b was added, and the solution was
heated at 78.degree. C. overnight. The mixture was cooled to room
temperature, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give an
orange oil. The oil was purified by silica gel chromatography,
using 50 EtOAc/50 hexanes as eluent, to give 825 mg (66%) of
compound I as a white foam. .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) .delta.
9.45 (s, 1H), 8.24 (d, 1H), 8.09 (d, 1H), 7.72 (s, 1H), 7.42-6.77
(m, 25H), 5.09 (s, 2H), 4.49 (m, 1H), 3.67 (m, 2H), 3.61 (s, 3H),
2.50 (m, 6H).
[0582] The intermediate epoxide b can be prepared as described in
U.S. Pat. No. 6,268,533 B1, and in R. Hett. et al., Organic Process
Research and Development, 1998, 2, 96-99.
Example 55
Synthesis of
N-{2-[4-(3-phenyl-4-ethoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hyd-
roxy-2-(3-formamido-4-hydroxyphenyl)ethylamine (55)
[0583] 92
[0584] To a mixture of 746 mg (1.07 mmol) of compound 0 in 15 mL of
ethanol and 5 mL of EtOAc was added 260 mg of 10% palladium on
carbon under a stream of nitrogen. The flask was fitted with a
balloon of hydrogen gas, and the reaction was vigorously stirred
for 3 hours. The reaction was filtered through celite, using
methanol to rinse, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced
pressure. The residue was dissolved in 20 mL isopropanol, 0.58 mL
of 4.0 M HCl in dioxane was added, and the product was precipitated
by adding the solution to a large volume of EtOAc. The solids were
isolated by filtration to give a hydrochloride salt of compound 55
as an off white solid. .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) .delta. 10.12
(br s, 1H), 9.62 (s, 1H), 8.90 (br s, 1H), 8.67 (br s, 1H), 8.27
(d, 1H), 8.14 (d, 1H), 7.25 (m, 5H) 6.85-7.08 (m, 9H), 4.80 (dd,
1H), 3.94 (quar, 2H), 2.75-3.15 (m, 6H), 1.21 (t, 3H); m/z:
[M+H.sup.+] calcd for C.sub.31H.sub.33N.sub.3O.sub.4 512.25; found
512.5.
[0585] The intermediate compound 0 was prepared as follows.
[0586] a. Synthesis of Compound O. 93
[0587] To 1.4 g (2.68 mmol) of compound L (Example 53, part c) in 6
mL of CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 at 0.degree. C. was added 6 mL of
trifluoroacetic acid. After 40 minutes, the solution was
concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was
partitioned between 1.0 M aqueous NaOH and EtOAc. The phases were
separated, and the EtOAc phase was washed once each with water and
brine, dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered, and concentrated to
an orange residue. The residue was dissolved in 5 mL of
isopropanol, 721 mg (2.68 mmol) of epoxide b (Example 54, part a)
was added, and the solution was heated at 78.degree. C. overnight.
The mixture was cooled to room temperature, and concentrated under
reduced pressure to give an orange oil. The oil was purified by
silica gel chromatography using 50 EtOAc/50 hexanes as eluent, to
give 756 mg of compound 0 as a white foam. .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz,
DMSO-d6) .delta. 9.45 (d, 1H), 8.25 (d, 1H), 8.14 (d, 1H), 7.72 (s,
1H), 7.45-6.76 (m, 25H), 5.10 (s, 2H), 5.04 (m, 1H), 3.94 (q, 2H),
3.61 (s, 2H), 2.50 (s, 6H), 1.13 (t, 3H).
Example 56
Synthesis of
N-{2-[4-(3-phenyl-4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-2-hydrox-
y-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine (56)
[0588] 94
[0589] To a solution of 840 mg of compound S (1.2 mmol) in 40 mL of
1:1 methanol:THF was added 170 mg of 10% palladium on carbon. The
reaction was shaken under an atmosphere of 35 psi H.sub.2. After 24
h, the reaction was filtered and the filtrate purified by
reversed-phase HPLC (gradient of 10 to 70% acetonitrile in 0.1%
aqueous TFA). Fractions containing pure product were combined and
lyophilized to afford a TFA salt of compound 56 as a powder.
[0590] A sample of the TFA salt (75 mg) was dissolved in
acetonitrile (1.0 mL) and diluted with water (2.0 mL) followed by
0.1 N HCl (3.0 mL). The solution became cloudy. Addition of 1.5 mL
acetonitrile afforded a clear solution which was frozen and
lyophilized. The residue was redissolved in acetonitrile (1.0 mL)
and diluted with water (2.0 mL) followed by 0.1 N HCl (4.0 mL). The
solution became cloudy. Addition of 1.0 mL acetonitrile afforded a
clear solution which was frozen and lyophilized. The hydrochloride
salt of compound 56 (50 mg) was obtained as a gray solid. .sup.1H
NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) .delta. 10.55 (br s, 1H), 9.30 (br s, 1H),
8.80, (br s, 1H), 8.24 (d, 1H), 7.25-7.48 (m, 5H), 6.92-7.18 (m
9H), 6.55 (d, 1H), 5.55 (d, 1H), 3.69 (s, 3H) 2.80-3.20 (m, 6H)
m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd for C.sub.32H.sub.31N.sub.3O.sub.4 522.24;
found 522.3.
[0591] The intermediate compound S was prepared as follows.
[0592] a. Synthesis of Compound S. 95
[0593] A solution of compound D (800 mg, 1.6 mmol, Example 52, part
a) in 5 mL CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 was cooled to 0.degree. C. and 5 mL of
TFA was added. After 20 min, the reaction was concentrated and the
residue dissolved in ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate solution was
washed twice with 1.0 M aqueous NaOH followed by water and then
dried over MgSO.sub.4, filtered and concentrated to an oil. The oil
was dissolved in 3 mL DMF and bromoketone R (800 mg, 2.1 mmol) and
K.sub.2CO.sub.3 (650 mg, 4.7 mmol) were added. The reaction was
heated to 40.degree. C. After 1 h, the reaction was cooled and
diluted with 5 mL methanol. NaBH.sub.4 (150 mg, 4.0 mmol) was added
and the reaction was stirred vigorously for 10 min. The reaction
was quenched by dripping the suspension into 100 mL of rapidly
stirred saturated aqueous NH.sub.4Cl. Compound S precipitated and
was isolated by filtration, washed with water and dried.
[0594] The intermediate bromoketone R can be prepared as described
in Example 611B, parts a-d. See also EP 0 147 791 B.
Example 57
Synthesis of Compound 57
[0595] 96
[0596] Using a coupling procedure similar to that described in
Example 1, except replacing the
N.sup.1-(4-heptyl-6-methyl-2-pyrimidinyl)sulfanilami- de with
methyl-4-aminobenzoate (available from Aldrich), a TFA salt of
compound 57 was prepared. m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd for
C.sub.25H.sub.28N.sub.2O.sub.5 437.2; found 437.2.
Example 58
Synthesis of Compound 58
[0597] 97
[0598] Using a coupling procedure similar to that described in
Example 1, except replacing the
N.sup.1-(4-heptyl-6-methyl-2-pyrimidinyl)sulfanisami- de with
2-(4-aminophenyl)-3-methyl-3-pyrazolin-5-one (available from
Sigma-Aldrich Library of Rare Chemicals), a TFA salt of compound 58
was prepared. m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd for
C.sub.27H.sub.30N.sub.4O.sub.4 475.2; found 475.2.
Example 59
Synthesis of Compound 59
[0599] 98
[0600] To a mixture of compound jj (0.2 g, 0.27 mmol) in 6 mL
DMF/EtOH (1:1) was added 50 mg of 10% palladium on carbon. The
reaction was agitated under H.sub.2 at 40 psi for 8 hours. The
slurry was filtered and purified by reversed phase HPLC (gradient
of 10 to 50% acetonitrile in 0.1% aqueous TFA). Fractions
containing pure product were combined and lyophilized to afford
compound 59 as a TFA salt. The TFA salt product was solubilized in
acetonitrile/water (1:1, 2 mL) to which 1.5 fnL of 0.1 N aqueous
HCl was added. The solution was frozen and lyophilized to afford
compound 59 as an HCl salt. m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd for
C.sub.30H.sub.29N.sub.5O.sub.5S 572.7; found 572.3.
[0601] The intermediate jj was prepared as follows.
[0602] a. Synthesis of Compound jj 99
[0603] To compound HH (4.5 g, 8.1 mmol) (Example 14, part a), in 20
ml CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 was added 1.5 mL TFA. After 1 hour, the
solution was concentrated, basified with 1.0 N aqueous sodium
hydroxide and extracted twice with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2, followed by an
extraction using ethyl acetate. The organic layers were combined,
dried over MgSO.sub.4, filtered and concentrated to an oil. The oil
was purified by silica gel chromatography (gradient of 2 to 10%
methanol in methylene chloride). To the purified product (0.42 g,
0.92 mmol) was added epoxide P (Example 15, part a) (022 g, 0.76
mmol) and isopropanol (410 mL). The slurry was stirred at
70.degree. C. Methylene chloride was added until a homogenous
solution was obtained. After 40 h, the reaction was cooled to room
temperature and the solvents were evaporated under reduced
pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (2%
methanol in methylene chloride) to afford compound jj.
Example 60
Synthesis of Compound 60
[0604] 100
[0605] To a mixture of compound pp (0.3 g, 0.45 mmol) in 10 mL
anhydrous EtOH was added 100 mg of 10% palladium on carbon. The
reaction was agitated under H.sub.2 at 40 psi for 18 h. The
reaction was filtered and purified by reversed phase HPLC (gradient
of 10 to 50% acetonitrile in 0.1% aqueous TFA). Fractions
containing pure product were combined and lyophilized to afford
compound 60 as a TFA salt. The TFA salt product was solubilized in
acetonitrile/water (1:2, 100 mL) to which 6 mL of 0.1 N aqueous HCl
was added. The solution was frozen and lyophilized to afford
compound 60 as an HCl salt. m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd for
C.sub.27H.sub.29N.sub.5O.sub.4 488.6; found 488.3.
[0606] The intermediate compound pp was prepared as follows.
[0607] a. Synthesis of Compound cc 101
[0608] To a flask containing compound B (Example 13, part b) (3.75
g, 9.6 mmol), 2-(4-aminophenyl)-3-methyl-3-pyrazolin.sup.-5-one
(2.0 g, 10.6 mmol) (available from Sigma-Aldrich Library of Rare
Chemicals), tris(dibenzylidineacetone)dipalladium(0) (0.44 g, 0.48
mmol), racemic-2,2'-bis(diphenylphosphino)-1,1'-binaphthyl (0.90 g,
1.44 mmol), and sodium tert-butoxide (2.20 g, 12.5 mmol) was added
toluene (50 mL). The mixture was stirred at 95.degree. C. for 6 h
under a nitrogen atmosphere. The mixture was diluted with 200 mL
diethyl ether and washed twice with 100 mL portions of 1.0 M
aqueous NaHSO.sub.4, followed by 100 mL of saturated aqueous
NaHCO.sub.3. The diethyl ether phase was dried over MgSO.sub.4,
filtered, and concentrated to a dark oil. The oil was purified by
silica gel chromatography (gradient of 30 to 40% ethyl acetate in
hexanes) to afford compound cc as an orange foam.
[0609] h. Synthesis of Compound pp. 102
[0610] To compound cc (0.99 g, 1.99 mmol) in 5 mL CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2
was added 2 mL TFA. After 1 h, the solution was concentrated,
diluted with 15 mL CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 and washed with 1.0 N aqueous
sodium hydroxide. The aqueous was collected and washed again with
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (10 mL) followed by a wash with ethyl acetate (10
mL). The organic layers were combined and dried over MgSO.sub.4,
filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude
product was purified by silica gel chromatography (gradient of
2-10% MeOH in CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2) to afford an oil (2.1 g). A portion
of this product (0.5 g, 1.26 mmol) was solubilized in 10 mL of 1:1
methanol:THF. Bromohydrin GG (Example 13, part d) (0.42 g, 1.20
mmol) and K.sub.2CO.sub.3 (0.44 g, 3.15 mmol) were added and the
slurry was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 h. The reaction was
concentrated and the residue was diluted with 30 mL water and
extracted twice with 30 mL portions of toluene. The toluene
extracts were combined, dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered, and
concentrated. The residue was heated to 120.degree. C. After 2 h,
the reaction was cooled to room temperature and the crude compound
was purified by silica gel chromatography (gradient of 5-10% MeOH
in CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2) to afford compound pp as a tan colored solid
(0.7 g).
Example 61A
Synthesis of
N-{2-[4-(3-phenyl-4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hy-
droxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine (61)
[0611] 103
[0612] To a solution of 200 mg of compound T (0.28 mmol) in 4 mL of
acetic acid was added 100 mg of 10% palladium on carbon. The
reaction was shaken under an atmosphere of 40 psi H.sub.2. After 17
h, the reaction was filtered and the filtrate purified by
reversed-phase HPLC (gradient of 10 to 70% acetonitrile in 0.1%
aqueous TFA). Fractions containing pure product were combined and
lyophilized to afford compound 61 as a powder.
[0613] The intermediate compound T was prepared as follows:
[0614] a. Synthesis of Compound T 104
[0615] To 1.13 g of compound D (2.2 mmol, Example 52, part a) in 4
mL CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 was added 4 mL TFA. After 30 minutes, the
solution was concentrated and diluted with 20 mL ethyl acetate and
20 mL water. The pH was raised to 11 by addition of 6.0 N aqueous
sodium hydroxide and the layers were separated. The ethyl acetate
layer was washed once with 1.0 N aqueous sodium hydroxide, dried
over MgSO.sub.4, filtered, and concentrated to a brown oil. The oil
was dissolved in 7.0 mL of isopropanol and 600 mg (2.0 mmol) of
epoxide P (Example 15, part a) were added. The solution was heated
to 70.degree. C. After 34 h, the solution was concentrated and the
product partially purified by silica gel chromatography (gradient
of 1 to 2% methanol in CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2). Fractions containing
product were combined and concentrated to afford T as a yellow
oil.
Example 61B
Synthesis of
N-{2-[4-(3-phenyl-4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hy-
droxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine (61)
[0616] To a solution of
N-{2-[4-(3-phenyl-4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethy-
l}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8-benzyloxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine
(PP) (4.0 g, 6.5 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (100 mL) and water (16
mL) was added 10% palladium on carbon (800 mg). The reaction was
stirred vigorously under one atmosphere of hydrogen for 6.5 h. The
solids were filtered off and washed with tetrahydrofuran
(4.times.25 mL) and then 50% methanol/tetrahydrofuran (2.times.25
mL). The combined filtrates were evaporated to dryness and the
crude product was purified by reverse-phase HPLC. Fractions
containing pure product were combined and lyophilized. The product
from several runs was combined to give 4.68 g which was dissolved
in acetonitrile (200 mL) and water (200 mL). 1.0 N HCl (18.7 mL)
was added, and the solution was lyophilized. The residue was again
dissolved in acetonitrile (125 mL) and water (125 mL). 1.0 N HCl
was added and the solution was lyophilized to give a hydrochloride
salt of compound 61 as an off white powder. .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz,
DMSO-d6) .delta. 10.55 (br s, 1H), 9.40 (br s, 1H), 8.80, (br s,
1H), 8.26 (d, 1H), 7.60, (br s, 2H) 7.25-7.45 (m, 5H), 6.92-7.16 (m
10H), 6.55 (d, 1H), 5.45 (d, 1H), 3.69 (s, 3H) 2.80-3.15 (m, 6H);
m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd for C.sub.32H.sub.31N.sub.3O.sub.4 522.24;
found 522.4.
[0617] The intermediate PP was prepared as follows:
[0618] a. Synthesis of 8-acetoxy-2(1H)-quinolinone (CC) 105
[0619] 8-Hydroxyquinoline-N-oxide (160.0 g, 1.0 mol) and acetic
anhydride (800 mL, 8.4 mol) were heated at 100.degree. C. for 3
hours and then cooled in ice. The product was collected on a
Buchner funnel, washed with acetic anhydride (2.times.100 mL) and
dried under reduced pressure to give 8-acetoxy-2(1H)-quinolinone
(CC) (144 g) as a tan solid.
[0620] b. Synthesis of 5-acetyl-8-hydroxy-2(1 h)-quinolinone (DD)
106
[0621] A slurry of aluminum chloride (85.7 g, 640 mmol) in
1,2-dichloroethane (280 mL) was cooled in ice, and compound CC
(56.8 g, 280 mmol) was added. The mixture was warmed to room
temperature, and then heated at 85.degree. C. After 30 minutes
acetyl chloride (1.5 nL, 21 mmol) was added and the mixture was
heated an additional 60 minutes. The reaction mixture was then
cooled and added to 1N HCl (3 L) at 0.degree. C. with stirring.
After stirring for 2 hours, the solids were collected on a Buchner
funnel, washed with water (3.times.250 mL) and dried under reduced
pressure. The crude product isolated from several batches (135 g)
was combined and triturated with dichloromethane (4 L) for 6 hours.
The product was collected on a Buchner funnel and dried under
reduced pressure to give 5-acetyl-8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinone (DD)
(121 g).
[0622] c. Synthesis of 5-acetyl-8-benzyloxy-2(1H)-quinolinone (EE)
107
[0623] To 5-acetyl-8-hydroxy-2-quinolone (37.7 g, 186 mmol) was
added dimethylformamide (200 mL) and potassium carbonate (34.5 g,
250 mmol) followed by benzyl bromide (31.8 g, 186 mmol). The
mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2.25 hour and then
poured into saturated sodium chloride (3.5 L) at 0.degree. C. and
stirred well for 1 hour. The product was collected and dried on a
Buchner funnel for 1 hour, and the resulting solids were dissolved
in dichloromethane (2 L) and dried over sodium sulfate. The
solution was filtered through a pad of Celite and washed with
dichloromethane (5.times.200 mL). The combined filtrate was then
concentrated to dryness and the resulting solids were triturated
with ether (500 mL) for 2 hours. The product was collected on a
Buchner funnel, washed with ether (2.times.250 mL) and dried under
reduced pressure to give 5-acetyl-8-benzyloxy-2(1H)-quinolinone
(EE) (44 g) as an off white powder.
[0624] d. Synthesis of
5-(2-bromo-1-oxy)ethyl-8-benzyloxy-2(1H)-quinolinon- e (R) 108
[0625] 5-Acetyl-8-benzyloxy-2(1H)-quinolinone (EE) (20.0 g, 68.2
mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (200 mL) and cooled to
0.degree. C. Boron trifluoride diethyl etherate (10.4 mL, 82.0
mmol) was added via syringe and the mixture was warmed to room
temperature to give a thick suspension. The suspension was heated
at 45.degree. C. (oil bath) and a solution of bromine (11.5 g, 72.0
mmol) in dichloromethane (100 mL) was added over 40 minutes. The
mixture was kept 45.degree. C. for an additional 15 minutes and
then cooled to room temperature. The mixture was concentrated under
reduced pressure and then triturated with 10% aqueous sodium
carbonate (200 mL) for 1 hour. The solids were collected on a
Buchner funnel, washed with water (4.times.100 mL) and dried under
reduced pressure. The product of two runs was combined for
purification. The crude product (52 g) was triturated with 50%
methanol in chloroform (500 mL) for 1 hour. The product was
collected on a Buchner funnel and washed with 50% methanol in
chloroform (2.times.50 mL) and methanol (2.times.50 mL). The solid
was dried under reduced pressure to give
5-(2-bromo-1-oxy)ethyl-8-benzyloxy-2(1H)-quinolinone (R) (34.1 g)
as an off white powder.
[0626] e. Synthesis of
5-(2-bromo-(R)-1-hydroxy)ethyl-8-benzyloxy-2(1H)-qu- inolinone (FF)
109
[0627] Using a procedure described in Mathre et al., J. Org. Chem.,
1991, 56, 751-762, a catalyst was prepared as follows.
(R)-(+)-.alpha.,.alpha.-- Diphenylprolinol (10.0 g, 39 mmol) and
trimethylboroxine (3.7 mL, 26 mmol) were combined in toluene (200
mL) and stirred at room temperature for 30 min. The mixture was
placed in a 150.degree. C. oil bath and 150 mL liquid was distilled
away. Toluene (50 mtL) was added, and another 50 mL of distillate
was collected. Another portion of toluene (50 mL) was added and a
further 50 mL of distillate was collected. A 1.00 mL aliquot of the
material remaining in the pot was evaporated to dryness and weighed
(241.5 mg) to determine that the concentration of catalyst was 0.87
M.
[0628] 5-(2-Bromo-1-oxy)ethyl-8-benzyloxy-2(1H)-quinolinone (R)
(30.0 g, 81 mmol) was suspended in, tetrahydrofuran (1.2 L) under a
nitrogen atmosphere and the catalyst from above (13 mL, 11 mmol)
was added. The suspension was cooled to -5.degree. C. in an
ice/isopropanol bath and borane (1.0 M in THF, 97 mL, 97 mmol) was
added over 3 h. The reaction was stirred an additional 45 min at
-5.degree. C., then methanol (200 mL) was added slowly. The mixture
was concentrated under vacuum to give
5-(2-bromo-(R)-1-hydroxy)ethyl-8-benzyloxy-2(1H)-quinolinone
(FF).
[0629] f. Synthesis of
5-(2-bromo-(R)-1-tert-butyldimethylsiloxy)ethyl-8-b-
enzyloxy-2(1H)-quinolinone (HH) 110
[0630] Compound FF (15 g, 40 mmol) and 2,6-lutidine (9.3 mL, 80
mmol) were suspended in dichloromethane at 0.degree. C.
tert-Butyldimethylsilyl trifluoromethanesulfonate (18.5 mL, 80
mmol) was added dropwise. The mixture was allowed to warm to room
temperature and stirred overnight. The reaction was diluted with
dichloromethane (200 mL) and washed twice with 1N hydrochloric
acid, then three times with brine. The organics were dried over
magnesium sulfate and the volume was reduced to 100 mL under
vacuum. The organics were applied to a silica gel column
equilibrated with 30% ethyl acetate in hexanes and the product was
eluted with 50% ethyl acetate in hexanes. Removal of the solvent
under reduced pressure gave
5-(2-bromo-(R)-1-tert-butyldimethylsiloxy)ethyl-8-benzyloxy-2(1H)-qu-
inolinone (HH). (10.3 g). Unreacted starting material (compound FF,
2 g) was also recovered.
[0631] g. Synthesis of
N-tert-butoxycarbonyl-2-[4-(3-[phenyl-4-methoxyphen-
yl)aminophenyl]ethylamine (LL) 111
[0632] Under nitrogen, compound X (from Example 38 part a) (5.0 g,
16.7 mmol) was mixed with toluene (80 mL) and
4-methoxy-3-phenylaniline hydrochloride (4.3 g, 18.3 mmol) was
added to form a slurry. 2,2'-Bis(diphenylphosphino)-1,1'-binaphthyl
(1.6 g, 2.5 mmol) was added, followed by
tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (760 mg, 0.83 mmol) and
finally sodium tert-butoxide (5.3 g, 55 mmol). The mixture was
heated at 90.degree. C. for 150 min and then cooled to room
temperature. Water (150 mL) was added followed by ethyl acetate
(150 mL) and the phases partitioned. The aqueous layer was
extracted with ethyl acetate (150 mL) and the combined organics
washed three times with 0.5 M sodium bisulfate (200 mL), once with
saturated sodium bicarbonate (150 mL) and twice with saturated
sodium chloride (150 mL). The organics were dried over magnesium
sulfate (50 g) and the volatiles removed under vacuum to give
N-tert-butoxycarbonyl-2-[4-(3-[phenyl-4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethylam-
ine (LL) (8.4 g) which was used without further purification.
[0633] h. Synthesis of
2-[4-(3-[phenyl-4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethylam- ine (MM)
112
[0634] Under nitrogen, compound LL (94.6 g) was treated with
dichloromethane (500 mL) and cooled in an ice bath. Hydrogen
chloride (4 M in dioxane, 125 mL, 500 mmol) was added in 10
portions over 20 min. The reaction was kept at room temperature for
130 minutes, during which time the product precipitated. The solid
was filtered and washed with dichloromethane (350 mL) and dried
under vacuum in the dark to give the dihydrochloride salt of
2-[4-(3-[phenyl-4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl- amine (MM) (37.1
g). .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) .delta. 8.29 (br s, 2H), 8.04
(br s, 1H) 7.25-7.50 (m, 5H), 6.90-7.08 (m, 7H) 3.69 (s, 3H), 2.93
(m, 2H), 2.75 (m, 2H); m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd for
C.sub.21H.sub.22N.sub.2O 319.18; found 319.3.
[0635] i. Synthesis of
N-{2-[4-(3-phenyl-4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl-
}-(R)-2-tert-butyldimethylsiloxy-2-(8-benzyloxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethy-
lamine (NN) 113
[0636] The dihydrochloride salt of compound MM was partitioned
between isopropyl acetate and 1.0 N sodium hydroxide. The organic
layer was dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to give the
free base as a dark oil.
[0637] Sodium iodide (4.2 g, 28 mmol), compound HH (9.1 g, 18.6
mmol) and sodium bicarbonate (4.7 g, 55.9 mmol) were weighed into a
flask. Under nitrogen, compound MM (7 g, 22 mmol) in dimethyl
sulfoxide (20 mL) was added and the mixture stirred at 140.degree.
C. (oil bath) for 30 min, then cooled to room temperature. Ethyl
acetate was added (200 mL) and the mixture washed three times with
1N hydrochloric acid, then with 1N sodium hydroxide, saturated
sodium bicarbonate and finally saturated sodium chloride (200 mL
each). The organics were dried over sodium sulfate and evaporated
to dryness to give N-{2-[4-(3-phenyl-4-methoxyphenyl)aminophen-
yl]ethyl}-(R)-2-tert-butyldimethylsilyl-2-(8-benzyloxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5--
yl)ethylamine (NN) (13.9 g) which was used in the next step without
further purification.
[0638] j. Synthesis of
N-{2-[4-(3-phenyl-4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl-
}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8-benzyloxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine
(PP) 114
[0639] Compound NN (13.9 g) was combined with methanol (200 mL) and
concentrated hydrochloric acid (170 mL) was added in portions
(exothermic). The solution turned orange and cloudy after the
addition and more methanol (100 mL) was added until a clear
solution was obtained. The mixture was stirred at room temperature
overnight, in which time a brown gum had formed. The solvent was
removed under vacuum, and ethyl acetate (300 mL) was added. The
resulting mixture was cooled in an ice bath, and neutralized (pH 7)
with 10 N sodium hydroxide. The pH was then raised to 10 with 1 M
sodium hydroxide to give a clear biphasic mixture. The phases were
separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate
(300 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over sodium
sulfate, and evaporated to dryness. The crude product was purified
by flash chromatography on silica gel (500 g, 0-10% methanol in
dichloromethane) to give
N-{2-[4-(3-phenyl-4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]et-
hyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8-benzyloxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine
(PP) (5.6 g).
Example 61C
Synthesis of
N-{2-[4-(3-phenyl-4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hy-
droxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine (61)
[0640] a. Synthesis of
5-(2-bromo-(R)-1-hydroxy)ethyl-8-benzyloxy-2(1H)-qu- inolinone
(FF)
[0641] (R)-(+)-.alpha.,.alpha.-Diphenylprolinol (30.0 g, 117 mmol)
and trimethylboroxine (11.1 mL, 78 mmol) were combined in toluene
(300 mL) and stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. The
mixture was placed in a 150.degree. C. oil bath and liquid was
distilled off. Toluene was added in 20 mL aliquots, and
distillation was continued for 4 hours. A total of 300 mL toluene
was added. The mixture was finally cooled to room temperature. A
500 .mu.L aliquot was evaporated to dryness, weighed (246 mg) to
determine that the concentration of catalyst was 1.8 M.
[0642] 5-(2-Bromo-1-oxy)ethyl-8-benzyloxy-2(1H)-quinolinone (R)
(90.0 g, 243 mmol) was placed under nitrogen, tetrahydrofuran (900
mL) was added followed by the catalyst from above (1.8 M in
toluene, 15 mL, 27 mmol). The suspension was cooled to
-10.+-.5.degree. C. in an ice/isopropanol bath. Borane (1.0 M in
THF, 294 mL, 294 mmol) was added over 4 hours. The reaction was
stirred an additional 45 minutes at -10.degree. C., then methanol
(250 mL) was added slowly. The mixture was concentrated under
vacuum. The residue was dissolved in boiling acetonitrile (1.3 L),
filtered while hot and cooled to room temperature. The crystals
were filtered, washed with acetonitrile and dried under reduced
pressure to give
5-(2-bromo-(R)-1-hydroxy)ethyl-8-benzyloxy-2(1H)-quinolinone (FF)
(72.5 g, 196 mmol, 81% yield, 95% ee, 95% pure by HPLC area
ratio).
[0643] b. Synthesis of
5-(2-bromo-(R)-1-tert-butyldimethylsiloxy)ethyl-8-b-
enzyloxy-2(1H)-quinolinone (HH)
[0644] Compound FF (70.2 g, 189 mmol) was treated with
N,N-dimethylformamide (260 mL) and cooled in an ice bath under
nitrogen. 2,6-Lutidine (40.3 g, 376 mmol) was added over 5 minutes
followed slowly by tert-butyldimethylsilyl
trifluoromethanesulfonate (99.8 g, 378 mmol), keeping the
temperature below 20.degree. C. The mixture was allowed to warm to
room temperature for 45 minutes. Methanol (45 mL) was added to the
mixture dropwise over 10 minutes and the mixture was partitioned
between ethyl acetate/cyclohexane(1:1,500 mL) and water/brine
(1:1,500 mL). The organics were washed twice more with water/brine
(1:1,500 mL each). The combined organics were evaporated under
reduced pressure to give a light yellow oil. Two separate portions
of cyclohexane (400 mL) were added to the oil and distillation
continued until a thick white slurry was formed. Cyclohexane (300
mL) was added to the slurry and the resulting white crystals were
filtered, washed with cyclohexane (300 mL) and dried under reduced
pressure to give 5-(2-bromo-(R)-1-tert-butyldimet-
hylsiloxy)ethyl-8-benzyloxy-2(1H)-quinolinone (HH) (75.4 g, 151
mmol, 80% yield, 98.6% ee).
[0645] c. Synthesis of
N-{2-(4-bromophenyl)ethyl}-(R)-2-tert-butyldimethyl-
siloxy-2-(8-benzyloxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine (JJ) 115
[0646] Compound HH (136.5 g, 279 mmol), 4-bromophenethylamine (123
g, 615 mmol) and dimethyl sulfoxide (180 mL) were mixed at room
temperature under nitrogen. Another 40 mL of dimethyl sulfoxide was
added. The mixture was heated to 85.degree. C. for 5 hours. The
reaction was partitioned between ethyl acetate (1 L) and 10%
aqueous acetic acid (500 mL). The organics were washed with 10%
aqueous acetic acid (3.times.500 mL), then with 1N sodium hydroxide
(3.times.500 mL). The last wash was filtered through Celite (100
g). The organic layer was concentrated to 300 mL and cyclohexane
(2.times.500 mL) was added and the solution concentrated to 300 mL.
Sufficient cyclohexane was added to form 1.8 L final volume which
was filtered through Celite (50 g). A solution of HCl in
isopropanol, prepared by slowly adding concentrated HCl (23.5 mL)
to isopropanol (180 mL) at 10.degree. C. (internal), was added to
the crude product and the reaction mixture was stirred for 5 hours,
washed with cyclohexane (2.times.500 mL) and dried under reduced
pressure for 24 hours to give
N-[2-(4-bromophenyl)ethyl}-(R)-2-tert-butyldimethylsiloxy-2-
-(8-benzyloxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine (JJ) hydrochloride
(145 g, 80 mol %, 106 wt %, HPLC purity 97.9%).
[0647] d. Synthesis of
N-{2-[4-(3-phenyl-4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl-
}-(R)-2-tert-butyldimethylsilyl-2-(8-benzyloxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethyl-
amine (NN)
[0648] To compound JJ hydrochloride (73.7 g, 114 mmol) and
4-methoxy-3-phenylaniline hydrochloride (32.4 g, 137 mmol), toluene
(380 mL) was added with mild agitation for 5 minutes, followed by
sodium tert-butoxide (49.3 g, 513 mmol) in portions over 1 minute,
and finally 2,2'-bis(diphenylphosphino)-11.beta.-binaphthyl (10.65
g, 17 mmol) and tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (5.22 g,
5.7 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred and heated to
85-89.degree. C. (internal) for 2.5 hours. The solution was cooled
to room temperature, water (400 mL) was added and the mixture was
stirred for 5 minutes, filtered through Celite (80 g), and
partitioned with toluene (100 mL). The organic layer was collected
and concentrated under reduced pressure in a 40.degree. C. bath to
give N-{2-[4-(3-phenyl-4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-t-
ert-butyldimethylsilyl-2-(8-benzyloxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine
(NN) as a dark viscous oil.
[0649] e. Synthesis of
N-{2-[4-(3-phenyl-4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl-
}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8-benzyloxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine
(PP)
[0650] Compound NN from the previous step was dissolved in 280 ml
of THF. Triethylamine trihydrofluoride (27.6 g, 171 mmol) was added
to the solution, an additional 20 mL of THF was used to rinse down
residual reagent, and the reaction was stirred at 25.degree. C.
under nitrogen for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated
under reduced pressure in a 25.degree. C. bath to give a dark
viscous oil to which dichloromethane (400 mL) was added, followed
by 1N aqueous NaOH (200 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 5
hours. The top layer was discarded and the organic layer was
concentrated to a viscous oil.
[0651] The oil was dissolved in dichloromethane to give a total
volume of 630 mL. A 60 mL aliquot was taken and concentrated to 30
mL. Toluene (60 mL) was added, followed by a mixture of
concentrated hydrochloric acid (2.7 mL) and methanol (4.5 mL) to
give a thick paste covered in a free-flowing liquid. The liquid was
carefully removed and the paste washed with toluene (50 mL). The
gum was partitioned between dichloromethane (40 mL) and 1N aqueous
sodium hydroxide (40 mL) and the organic solvents were removed
under reduced pressure. The residue was purified
chromatographically over silica using a gradient of 0-10% methanol
in dichloromethane to give N-{2-[4-(3-phenyl-4-methoxyphenyl)ami-
nophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8-benzyloxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylam-
ine (PP). (98.6% pure by HPLC area ratio)
[0652] f. Purification of
N-{2-[4-(3-phenyl-4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]et- hyl)
--(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8-benzyloxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine
(PP)
[0653] Intermediate PP (0.5 g, 0.82 mmol, Pd level 850 ppm by ICP)
was dissolved in 1:1 dichloromethane:methanol (5 mL) and 4M
hydrochloric acid in dioxane (0.445 mL, 1.78 mmol) was added. The
resulting dark brown solution was diluted further with
dichloromethane (7.5 ntL) and 3-(1-thioureido)propyl functionalized
silica gel (0.05 g) was added (Sigma-Aldrich, St. Louis, Mo.). The
suspension was stirred at room temperature for 20 h followed by
filtration through filter paper. The remaining yellow silica was
washed with a mixture of 5 mL of methanol and 30 mL of
dichloromethane. Combined organic solutions were washed with
saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (50 mL) and brine(50 mL). The
organic solution was treated with anhydrous sodium sulfate for 30
minutes, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to give
N-{2-[4-(3-phenyl-4methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8-be-
nzyloxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine (PP) (90% yield, Pd level
by ICP 30 ppm, purity 97.4% by HPLC area ratio).
[0654] g. Synthesis of
N-{2-[4-(3-phenyl-4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl-
}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine (61)
hydrochloride
[0655] To compound PP from the previous step (2.1 g, 3.43 mmol) was
added under nitrogen 10% palladium on carbon (420 mg) followed by
ethylene glycol (16 mL) and concentrated hydrochloric acid (0.57
mL, 6.9 mmol). The suspension was stirred vigorously under 1
atmosphere of hydrogen for 5 h. The solids were filtered off and
washed with ethylene glycol (5 mL). The filtrate was warmed to
50.degree. C. and water (21 mL) was added over 5 minutes under
stirring. A brown gum formed which broke up to an off-white solid
under continued stirring at 50.degree. C. for 40 min. The solid was
filtered off, washed with water (2.times.20 mL) and air dried to
afford an amorphous hydrochloride salt of compound 61 (2.5 g
containing 44.3% water, 74% yield) To improve the purity of the
title compound, (2.5 g, 4.8 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (25 mL)
at 40.degree. C. The dark blue solution was cooled to room
temperature, decolorizing charcoal (Darco-KB, 2.5 g) was added and
the suspension stirred at room temperature overnight. Solids were
filtered off over Celite (2.0 g), filter cake was washed with
methanol (2.times.IO mL) and solvent was evaporated under reduced
pressure to leave an amorphous hydrochloride salt of
N-{2-[4-(3-phenyl-4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl-
}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine (61)
as a light gray solid (1.5 g)
Example 62
Synthesis of Compound 62
[0656] 116
[0657] To a solution of 70 mg of compound nn (0.09 mmol) in 5 mL of
glacial acetic acid was added 21 mg of 10% palladium on carbon. The
reaction was shaken under an atmosphere of H.sub.2 at 40 psi. After
18 h, the reaction was filtered and the filtrate purified by
reversed-phase HPLC (gradient of 10 to 50% acetonitrile in 0.1%
aqueous TFA) to afford compound 62 (10 mg, 0.0126 mmol) as the TFA
salt. .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. 1.21-1.33 (m,
2H), 1.39-1.52 (m, 4H), 2.74 (m, 4H), 2.82 (m, 2H), 2.96-3.20 (m,
4H), 5.25 (m, 1H), 6.13 (m, 1H), 6.51 (m, 1H), 6.90 (d, 1H, J=8.2
Hz), 7.01 (d, 2H, J=8.8 Hz), 7.07-7.15 (m, 5H), 7.43 (d, 2H, J=9.1
Hz), 8.07 (d, 2H, J=9.9 Hz), 8.61 (br s, 2H), 8.76 (s, 1H), 10.39
(s, 1H), 10.46 (s, 1H). m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd for
C.sub.30H.sub.34N.sub.4O.sub.5S 563.7; found 563.3.
[0658] The intermediate compound nn was prepared as follows.
[0659] a. Synthesis of Compound kk. 117
[0660] To a flask containing 4.51 g (11.6 mmol) of compound B
(Example 13, part b), 3.61 g (15.0 mmol) of
4-(piperdinosulfonyl)aniline (available from Maybridge), 0.53 g
(0.58 mmol) of tris(dibenzylidineacetone)dipallad- ium(0), 1.19 g
(1.91 mmol) of racemic-2,2'-bis(diphenylphosphino)-1,1'-bin-
aphthyl, and 1.45 g (15.1 mmol) of sodium tert-butoxide was added
toluene (60 mL), and the mixture was stirred at 95.degree. C. for 6
h under a nitrogen atmosphere. The mixture was diluted with 200 mL
diethyl ether and washed twice with 100 mL portions of 1.0 M
aqueous NaHSO.sub.4, followed by 100 mL of saturated aqueous
NaHCO.sub.3. The diethyl ether phase was dried over MgSO.sub.4,
filtered, and concentrated to a dark oil. The oil was purified by
silica gel chromatography (gradient of 30 to 40% ethyl acetate in
hexanes) to afford compound kk as an orange foam.
[0661] b. Synthesis of Compound mm. 118
[0662] A solution of compound kk (2.88 g, 5.24 mmol) in 20 mL
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 was cooled to 0.degree. C. and 20 mL of TFA was
added. After 20 min, the reaction was concentrated and the residue
dissolved in isopropyl acetate. The isopropyl acetate solution was
washed twice with 1.0 N aqueous NaOH followed by water and then
dried over MgSO.sub.4, filtered and concentrated to an oil. The oil
was dissolved in 2 mL DMF and intermediate AA (337 mg, 0.69 mmol),
diethyl isopropyl amine (179 mg, 1.38 mmol) and potassium iodide
(172 mg, 1.04 mmol) were added. The reaction was heated to
100.degree. C. After 18 h, the reaction was cooled and added to
vigorously stirred ice water. Compound mm precipitated, was
isolated by filtration and purified by silica gel chromatography
(1:1 ethyl acetate/hexanes) to afford 544 mg solid.
[0663] c. Synthesis of Compound nn. 119
[0664] To a solution of compound mm (83 mg, 0.01 mmol) in
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (0.9 mL) and triethylamine (0.09 mL) was added
triethylamine trihydrofluoride (313 mg, 1.94 mmol). The solution
was stirred at room temperature under a N.sub.2 atmosphere. After
18 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 and
washed with 1.0 N aqueous HCl, followed by two washes with
saturated NaCl solution. The organic phase was dried over
MgSO.sub.4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to
afford compound nn (70 mg).
Example 63
Synthesis of Compound 63
[0665] 120
[0666] To a solution of 730 mg of compound rr (1.05 mmol) in 10 mL
of glacial acetic acid was added 100 mg of 10% palladium on carbon.
The reaction was stirred under an atmosphere of H.sub.2. After 65
h, the reaction was filtered and the filtrate purified by
reversed-phase HPLC (gradient of 10 to 50% acetonitrile in 0.1%
aqueous TFA) to afford 90 mg (0.14 mmol) the TFA salt. The TFA salt
product was solubilized in acetonitrile/water (1:2, 10 mL) to which
3 mL of 0.1 N aqueous HCl was added. The solution was frozen and
lyophilized to afford compound 63 as an HCl salt. m/z: [M+H.sup.+]
calcd for C.sub.29H.sub.29N.sub.5O.sub.4 512.6; found 512.3.
[0667] Intermediate rr was prepared as follows.
[0668] a. Synthesis of Compound qq 121
[0669] To 0.99 g of compound cc (Example 60, part a) (1.99 mmol) in
5 mL CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 was added 2 mL TFA. After 1 h, the solution
was concentrated, diluted with 15 mL CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 and washed
with 1.0 N aqueous sodium hydroxide. The aqueous was collected and
washed again with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (10 mL) followed by a wash with
ethyl acetate (10 mL). The organic layers were combined and dried
over MgSO.sub.4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure.
The crude product was purified by silica gel chromatography
(gradient of 2-10% MeOH in CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2) to afford intermediate
qq as an oil.
[0670] a. Synthesis of Compound rr. 122
[0671] To a solution of compound qq (2.0 g, 5.0 mmol) in 27 mL DMF
were added bromoketone R (from Example 56, part a) (1.71 g, 4.5
mmol) and K.sub.2CO.sub.3 (1.91 g, 13.8 mmol). The reaction was
heated to 50.degree. C. After 1 h, the reaction was allowed to cool
to room temperature and the K.sub.2CO.sub.3 was filtered off. The
filtrate was diluted with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (50 mL) and was washed
with 0.1N HCl (30 mL). The organic layer was washed once with
saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, followed by aqueous
saturated sodium chloride, dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4 and
concentrated under reduced pressure to afford an oil. The product
(1.14 g, 1.65 mmol) was solubilized in 12 mL THF/EtOH (1:1) and
NaBH.sub.4 (380 mg, 10.0 mmol) was added. After 20 minutes of
vigorous stirring. The reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous
NH.sub.4Cl which was added until effervescence of the reaction
mixture ceased. The reaction mixture was partitioned between ethyl
acetate and saturated sodium bicarbonate solution. The organic
layer was washed twice with saturated sodium bicarbonate, followed
by saturated sodium chloride, dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4 and
concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified
by silica gel chromatography (2% MeOH in CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2) to yield
230 mg of intermediate rr.
Example 64
Synthesis of
N-{2-[4-(4-ethoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(3-
-formamido-4-hydroxyphenyl)ethylamine (64)
[0672] 123
[0673] To a mixture of 580 mg (0.93 mmol) of compound V in 25 mL of
ethanol was added 173 mg of 10% palladium on carbon under a stream
of nitrogen. The flask was fitted with a balloon of hydrogen gas,
and the reaction was vigorously stirred for 4 days. The reaction
was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced
pressure. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC using a
gradient of 10 to 50% acetonitrile in 0.1% aqueous TFA. Fractions
containing pure product were combined and lyophilized to afford a
TFA salt of compound 64 as an off-white powder.
[0674] A sample of the TFA salt of compound 64 (150 mg) was
dissolved in acetonitrile (2.0 mL) and water (2.0 mL). 0.1N HCl
(7.0 mL, 0.70 mmol) was added, and the resulting precipitate was
redissolved by the addition of acetonitrile. The resulting solution
was lyophilized to give a solid which was again dissolved in
acetonitrile (5.0 mL) and water (5.0 mL). 0.1N HCl (7.0mL, 0.7
mmol) was added and the resulting solution was lyophilized to give
a hydrochloride salt of compound 64 as an off white powder. .sup.1H
NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) .delta. 10.10 (br s, 1H), 9.62 (s, l1H),
8.80 (br s, 1H), 8.65 (br s, 1H), 8.27 (d, 1H), 8.15 (d, 1H),
6.80-7.15 (m, 11H), 4.78 (dd, 1H), 3.94 (quar, 2H), 2.80-3.15 (m,
6H), 1.29 (t, 3H); m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd for
C.sub.25H.sub.29N.sub.3O.sub.4 436.22; found 436.3.
[0675] The intermediate compound V was prepared as follows.
[0676] a. Synthesis of Compound V. 124
[0677] To 0.60 g (1.3 mmol) of compound C (Example 37, part a) in
20 mL of CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 at 0.degree. C. was added 2.0 mL of
trifluoroacetic acid. After 1 h, the solution was concentrated
under reduced pressure, and the residue was partitioned between 1.0
M aqueous NaOH and EtOAc. The phases were separated, and the EtOAc
phase was dried over MgSO.sub.4, filtered, and concentrated to an
oil and dissolved in 10 mL of 1:1 methanol:THF. Bromohydrin GG
(Example 13, part d) (360 mg, 1.0 mmol) and K.sub.2CO.sub.3 (380
mg, 2.7 mmol) were added and the reaction was stirred at room
temperature for 1.5 h. The reaction was diluted with 30 mL water
and extracted twice with 30 mL portions of toluene. The toluene
extracts were combined, dried over MgSO.sub.4, filtered, and
concentrated. The residue was heated to 120.degree. C. After 2 h,
the residue was cooled to room temperature and purified by silica
gel chromatography (gradient of 5 to 10% methanol in
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2). Fractions containing pure product were combined
and concentrated to afford compound V as a tan solid.
Example 65
Synthesis of
N-{2-[4-(3-phenylphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8-
-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine (65)
[0678] 125
[0679] Compound W (55.2 mg, 0.094 mmol), phenyl boronic acid (13.2
mg, 0.113 mmol) and
[1,1'-bis(diphenylphosphinoferrocene)dichloropalladium (II),
complex with dichloromethane (PdCl.sub.2(dppf)-DCM) (5.0 mg, 0.006
mmol) were combined in a small pressure tube and purged with
N.sub.2. 1,2-Dimethoxyethane (1.0 mL) and 2.0 N cesium carbonate
(150 .mu.L, 0.3 mmol) were added. The tube was seated, and then
placed in an oil bath at 90.degree. C. for 4 hours. The solution
was then cooled to room temperature and DCM (10 mL) was added. The
solution was filtered and concentrated to dryness. To the residue
there was added DMF (1.0 mL), 10% Pd/C (100 mg) and ammonium
formate (200 mg) and the solution was heated to 50.degree. C. for
1.5 hours. At this time, water:acetonitrile 1:1 and 200 .mu.L TFA
was added and the solution was filtered to remove the catalyst. The
filtrate was purified by reverse phase HPLC. Fractions containing
pure product were combined and lyophilized to give compound 65 as a
TFA salt. .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) .delta. 10.46 (s, 1H),
10.39 (s, 1H), 8.60 (br s, 2H), 8.19 (s, 1H), 8.07 (d, 1H), 7.50
(d, 2H), 7.37 (t, 2H) 7.15-7.30 (m, 3H), 6.85-7.10 (m, 9H), 6.51
(dd, 1H), 6.11 (d, 1H), 5.23 (d, 1H), 2.70-3.15 (m, 6H); m/z:
[M+H.sup.+] calcd for C.sub.31H.sub.29N.sub.3O.sub.3 492.23; found
492.3.
[0680] a. Synthesis of Compound U 126
[0681] Compound HH (Example 61B, part f) (9.1 g, 18.62 mmol),
4-aminophenethylamine (9.8 mL, 74.8 mmol) and sodium iodide (4.2 g,
27.93 mmol) were placed in a flask and purged with nitrogen. Methyl
sulfoxide (25 mL) was added, and the solution was placed in an oil
bath heated at 140.degree. C. The solution was the stirred for 20
min at 140.degree. C. The reaction was allowed to cool to room
temperature, then ethyl acetate (300 nL) and H.sub.2O (300 mL) were
added. The phases were partitioned, and the organic layer was
washed with water (4.times.200 mL) and saturated sodium chloride
(4.times.200 mL). The organic phase was dried over sodium sulfate,
filtered and concentrated under vacuum to yield compound U (10.5
g).
[0682] b. Synthesis of Compound W 127
[0683] Compound U (5.18 g, 9.53 mmol),
tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladi- um(0) (0.44 g, 0.48 mmol),
2,2'-bis(diphenylphosphino)-1,1'-binaphthyl (0.63 g, 0.95 mmol),
and sodium t-butoxide (1.83 g, 19.06 mmol) were combined in a flask
and purged with nitrogen. 1-Bromo-3-iodobenzene (2.0 mL, 11.44
mmol) was added and the flask was purged again. o-Xylene (50 ntL)
was added, and the solution was heated at reflux under nitrogen for
2.5 hours, at which time HPLC analysis indicated complete reaction.
The o-xylene was removed under vacuum with heating, and
dichloromethane (200 mL) was added. Once the residue was dissolved,
celite (30 g) was added, and the mixture was filtered and filter
cake was washed with dichloromethane until all of the product was
collected. The solution was concentrated to dryness under vacuum,
redissolved in THF (20 mL), and purged with nitrogen.
Tetrabutylammonium fluoride (20 mL, 1.0 M in THF, 20 mmol) was
added via syringe, and the solution was stirred for 18 hours at
room temperature. The THF was then removed, and the residue was
dissolved in DCM, and washed with water (1.times.200 mL) and
half-saturated sodium chloride (I x 200 mL). The organic phase was
dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated and chromatographed over
silica gel (50 g, 0-10% MeOH in dichloromethane) to yield compound
W as a yellow solid.
[0684] Synthesis of Compounds of Formula (X)--Compounds 66-93:
128
Examples 66-69
Synthesis of Compounds 66-69
[0685] Using procedures similar to that described in Example 65,
except replacing the phenylboronic acid with the appropriate
substituted phenylboronic acid, TFA salts of compounds 66-69 were
prepared.
[0686] Compound 66:
N-{2-[4-(3-(2-chlorophenyl)phenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(-
R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(11H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine
(Formula (X) where R.sup.11 is 2-chlorophenyl): .sup.1H NMR (300
MHz, DMSO-d6) .delta. 10.47 (s, 1H), 10.37 (s, 1H), 8.55, (br s,
2H), 8.22, (s, 1H), 8.06 (d, 1H)7.46 (m, 1H), 7.32 (m, 3H), 7.22
(t, 1H), 7.01 (m, 8H), 6.89 (d, 1H), 6.74 (dd, 1H), 6.51 (d, 1H),
6.10 (d, 1H), 3.18 (m, 4H), 2.80 (m, 2H); m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd
for C.sub.31H.sub.28ClN.sub.3O.sub.3 526.19; found 526.4.
[0687] Compound 67:
N-{2-[4-(3-(2-methoxyphenyl)phenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}--
(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine
(Formula (X) where R.sup.11 is 2-methoxyphenyl): .sup.1H NMR (300
MHz, DMSO-d6) .delta. 10.46 (s, 1H), 10.40 (s, 1H), 8.60 (brs, 2H),
8.12 (s, 1H), 8.06 (d, 1H), 7.16 (m, 13H), 6.80 (d, 1H), 6.51 (d,
1H) 6.11 (s, 1H) 5.24 (d, 1H), 3.69 (s, 3H), 3.10 (m, 4H), 2.80 (m,
2H); m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd for C.sub.32H.sub.31N.sub.3O.sub.4
522.24; found 522.7.
[0688] Compound 68: Formula (X) where R.sup.11 is
4-hydroxymethylphenyl: .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) .delta. 10.47
(s, 1H), 10.39 (s, 1H), 8.60 (br s, 2H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 8.07 (d,
1H), 7.46 (d, 2H), 7.30 (d, 2H), 7.20 (m, 2H), 7.00 (m, 8H), 6.51
(dd, 1H), 6.11 (s, 1H), 5.23 (d, 1H), 4.44 (s, 2H), 3.10 (m, 4H),
2.80 (m, 2H); m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd for
C.sub.32H.sub.31N.sub.3O.sub.4 522.24; found 522.4.
[0689] Compound 69: Formula (X) where R.sup.11 is 4-methoxyphenyl:
.sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) .delta. 10.47 (s, 1H), 10.39 (s, 1H)
8.60 (br s, 2H), 8.16 (s, 1H), 8.07 (d, 1H), 7.44 (d, 2H),
6.85-7.20 (m, 12H), 6.51 (dd, 1H), 6.12 (d, 1H), 5.23 (d, 1H), 3.70
(s, 3H), 3.10 (m, 4H), 2.80 (m, 2H); m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd for
C.sub.32H.sub.31N.sub.3O.sub.4 522.24; found 522.4.
Example 70
Synthesis of Compound 70
[0690] Compound 70: Formula (X) where R.sup.11 is
4-chlorophenyl
[0691] Compound W (84.0 mg, 0.143 mmol), 4-chlorophenyl boronic
acid (27.2 mg, 0.172 mmol) and
[1,1'-bis(diphenylphosphinoferrocene)dichloropalladiu- m (II),
complex with dichloromethane (PdCl.sub.2(dppf)-DCM) (5.9 mg, 0.007
mmol) were combined in a small pressure tube and purged with
N.sub.2. 1,2-Dimethoxyethane (2.0 mL) and 2.0 N cesium carbonate
(150 uL, 0.3 mmol) were added. The tube was sealed, and then placed
in an oil bath at 90.degree. C. for 4 hours. The solution was then
cooled to room temperature and DCM (10 mL) was added. The solution
was filtered and concentrated to dryness. To the residue there was
added DMF (1.0 mL) and 10% palladium on carbon (10 mg), and the
reaction was stirred under one atmosphere of hydrogen for 4 hours.
At this time, water:acetonitrile 1:1 and 200 uL TFA was added and
the solution was filtered to remove the catalyst. The filtrate was
purified by reverse phase HPLC. Fractions containing pure product
were combined and lyophilized to give compound 70 as a TFA salt.
.sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) .delta. 10.46 (s, 1H), 10.40 (s,
1H), 8.61 (br s, 2H), 8.22 (s, 1H), 8.07 (d, 1H), 7.53 (d, 2H),
7.42 (d, 2H), 7.23 (t, 1H), 7.14 (s, 1H), 6.85-7.10 (m, 8H), 6.51
(d, 1H), 6.12 (s, 1H), 5.24 (d, 1H), 3.10 (m, 4H), 2.80 (m, 2H);
m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd for C.sub.31H.sub.28ClN.sub.3O.sub.3 526.19;
found 526.4.
Examples 71-72
Synthesis of Compounds 71-72
[0692] Using procedures similar to that described in Example 70,
except replacing the 4-chlorophenylboronic acid with the
appropriate substituted boronic acid, TFA salts of compounds 71-72
were prepared.
[0693] Compound 71: Formula (X) where R.sup.11 is 5-indolyl:
.sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) .delta. 11.07 (s, 1H), 10.47 (s,
1H), 10.40 (s, 1H), 8.60 (br s, 2H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 8.11 (d, 1H),
7.65 (s, 1H), 7.15-7.40 (m, 5H), 7.00-7.15 (m, 5H), 6.89 (d, 2H),
6.51 (dd, 1H), 6.39 (s, 1H), 6.11 (s, 1H), 5.24 (d, 1H), 3.10 (m,
4H), 2.80 (m, 2H); m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd for
C.sub.33H.sub.30N.sub.4O.sub.3 531.24; found 531.4.
[0694] Compound 72: Formula (X) where R.sup.11 is 4-pyridyl:
.sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) .delta. 10.48 (s, 1H) 10.38 (s, 1H),
8.60 (br m, 4H), 8.32 (s, 1H), 8.07 (d, 1H), 7.69 (d, 2H), 7.31 (m,
2H), 7.16 (d, 1H) 7.05 (m, 6H), 6.90 (d, 1H), 6.52 (dd, 1H), 6.11
(s, 1H), 5.24 (d, 1H), 3.10 (m, 4H), 2.80 (m, 2H); m/z: [M+H.sup.+]
calcd for C.sub.30H.sub.28N.sub.4- O.sub.3 493.23; found 493.5.
Example 73
Synthesis of Compound 73
[0695] Compound 73: Formula (X) where R.sup.11 is hydrogen: A TFA
salt of compound 73 was prepared: .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6)
.delta. 10.48 (s, 1H), 10.39 (s, 1H), 8.59 (br s, 2H), 8.07 (dd,
2H), 6.85-7.17 (m, 10H), 6.72 (t, 1H), 6.52 (dd, 1H), 6.11 (d, 1H),
5.22 (d, 1H), 3.10 (m, 4H), 2.80 (m, 2H); m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd
for C.sub.25H.sub.25N.sub.3O.su- b.3 416.20; found 416.3.
Example 74
Synthesis of
N-{2-[4-(3-(3-cyanophenyl)phenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hyd-
roxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine (74)
[0696] Compound 74: Formula (X) where R.sup.11 is 3-cyanophenyl
[0697] Compound W (Example 65, part b) (58.1 mg, 0.100 mmol),
3-cyanophenyl boronic acid (17.6 mg, 0.120 mmol) and
[1,1'-bis(diphenylphosphinoferrocene)dichloropalladium (II),
complex with dichloromethane (PdCl.sub.2(dppf)-DCM) (approximately
6 mg, 0.007 mmol) were combined in a small pressure tube and purged
with N.sub.2. 1,2-Dimethoxyethane (2.0 mL) and 2.0 N cesium
carbonate (200 uL, 0.4 mmol) were added, the tube was sealed, and
then placed in an oil bath at 90.degree. C. for 5 hours. The
solution was then cooled to room temperature and DCM (10 mL) was
added. The solution was dried (Na.sub.2SO.sub.4) for 30 minutes,
then filtered, concentrated and dried under vacuum. The residue was
dissolved in DCM (2 mL) and cooled to 0.degree. C., then boron
trichloride (1.0N in DCM, 11.0 mL, 11.0 mmol) was added. After 10
minutes the reaction was quenched with methanol (10 mL), and
concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by
reverse phase HPLC. Fractions containing pure product were combined
and lyophilized to give compound 74 as a TFA salt. .sup.1H NMR (300
MHz, DMSO-d6) .delta. 10.45 (s, 1H), 10.40 (s, 1H), 8.70 (br 2,
2H), 8.34 (m, 1H), 8.09 (d, 1H), 7.97 (s, 1H), 7.85 (dt, 1H), 7.74
(dt, 1H), 7.58 (t, 1H), 7.20-7.30 (m, 2H), 6.95-7.10 (m, 7H), 6.90
(d, 1H), 6.50 (d, 1H), 6.12 (s, 1H), 5.25 (d, 1H), 3.10 (m, 4H),
2.80 (m, 2H); m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd for
C.sub.32H.sub.28N.sub.4O.sub.3 517.23; found 517.4.
Examples 75-93
Synthesis of Compounds 75-93
[0698] Using procedures similar to that described in Example 74,
except replacing the 3-cyanophenyl boronic acid with the
appropriate substituted boronic acid, TFA salts of compounds 75-93
were prepared.
[0699] Compound 75: Formula (X) where R.sup.11 is
trans-2-phenylvinyl: m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd for
C.sub.33H.sub.31N.sub.3O.sub.3 518.25; found 518.3.
[0700] Compound 76:
N-{2-[4-(3-(3-pyridyl)phenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2--
hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine (Formula (X)
where R.sup.11 is 3-pyridyl):
[0701] .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) .delta. 10.38 (br s, 2H),
8.84 (s, 2H), 8.67 (s, 1H), 8.58 (d, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.14 (d,
1H), 8.11 (d, 1H), 7.59 (dd, 1H), 7.27 (m, 2H), 7.05 (m, 7H), 6.90
(d, 11H), 6.50 (d, 1H), 5.28 (d, 1H), 3.10 (m, 4H), 2.83 (m, 2H).
m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd for C.sub.30H.sub.28N.sub.4O.sub.3 493.23;
found 493.5.
[0702] Compound 77: Formula (X) where R.sup.11 is 4-cyanophenyl:
.sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) 810.45 (br s, 1H), 10.40 (s, 1H),
8.62 (br, s, 2H), 8.27 (s, 1H), 8.07 (d, 1H), 7.84 (d, 2H), 7.72
(d, 2H), 7.27 (m, 2H), 7.18 (m, 7H), 6.91 (d, 1H), 6.52 (d, 1H),
6.12 (s, 1H), 5.24 (m, 1H), 3.12 (m, 4H), 2.81 (m, 2H). m/z:
[M+H.sup.+] calcd for C.sub.32H.sub.28N.sub.4O.sub.3 516.60; found
517.4.
[0703] Compound 78: Formula (X) where R.sup.11 is
3,5-dimethylisoxazole-4-- yl: m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd for
C.sub.30H.sub.30N.sub.4O.sub.4 511.24; found 511.5.
[0704] Compound 79: Formula (X) where R.sup.11 is 2-furanyl:
.sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) .delta. 11.15 (s, 1H), 10.47 (s,
1H), 10.41 (s, 1H), 8.64 (br s, 1H), 8.10 (t, 2H), 7.08 (m, 9H),
6.77 (s, 1H), 6.74 (s, 1H), 6.52 (d, 1H), 6.30 (s, 1H), 6.12 (s,
1H), 6.02 (q, 1H), 5.25 (d, 1H), 3.10 (m, 4H), 2.85 (m, 2H). m/z
[M+H.sup.+] calcd for C.sub.29H.sub.27N.sub.3O.sub.4 482.21; found
481.4.
[0705] Compound 80: Formula (X) where R.sup.11 is thiophene-2-yl:
.sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) .delta. 10.47 (s, 1H), 10.38 (s,
1H), 8.62 (br s, 2H), 8.22 (s, 1H), 8.07 (d, 1H), 7.44 (d, 11H),
7.33 (d, 1H), 7.35 (m, 2H), 7.06 (m, 7H), 6.90 (d, 2H), 6.50 (d,
11H), 6.10 (d, 11H), 5.23 (m, 1H), 3.10 (m, 4H), 2.85 (m, 2H). m/z
[M+H.sup.+] calcd for C.sub.29H.sub.27N.sub.3O.sub.3S 498.19; found
498.5.
[0706] Compound 81: Formula (X) where R.sup.11 is 3-nitrophenyl:
m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd for C.sub.31H.sub.28N.sub.4O.sub.5 537.22;
found 537.3.
[0707] Compound 82: Formula (X) where R.sup.11 is 4-formylphenyl:
m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd for C.sub.32H.sub.29N.sub.3O.sub.4 520.23;
found 520.5.
[0708] Compound 83: Formula (X) where R.sup.11 is 2-pyrrolyl: Using
a procedure similar to that described in Example 74, except
replacing the 3-cyanophenylboronic acid with
1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)pyrrole-2-boronic acid, a TFA salt of
compound 83 was prepared. Deprotection of the Boc group occurred
under reaction conditions. .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) .delta.
11.13 (s, 1H), 10.46 (s, 1H), 10.37 (s, 1H), 8.58 (br s, 2H), 8.08
(s, 1H), 8.05 (s, 1H), 7.05 (m, 9H), 6.75 (s, 1H), 6.73 (s, 1H),
6.51 (d, 1H), 6.23 (s, 1H), 6.08 (s, 1H), 6.01 (s, 1H), 5.22 (m,
1H), 3.12 (m, 4H), 2.80 (m, 2H). m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd for
C.sub.29H.sub.28N.sub.4O.sub.3 481.23; found 481.3.
[0709] Compound 84: Formula (X) where R.sup.11 is 4-carboxyphenyl:
m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd for C.sub.32H.sub.29N.sub.3O.sub.5 536.22;
found 536.3.
[0710] Compound 85: Formula (X) where R.sup.11 is
4-methylsulfonylphenyl: .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) .delta.
10.45 (s, 1H), 10.38 (s, 1H), 8.58 (br s, 1H), 8.27 (s, 1H), 8.05
(d, 1H), 7.90 (d, 2H), 7.77 (d, 2H), 7.26 (m, 2H), 7.04 (m, 7H),
6.88 (d, 1H), 6.50 (d, 1H), 6.11 (s, 1H), 5.22 (d, 1H), 3.16 (s,
3H), 3.11 (m, 4H), 2.80 (m, 2H). m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd for
C.sub.32H.sub.31N.sub.3O.sub.5S 570.21; found 570.3.
[0711] Compound 86: Formula (X) where R.sup.11 is 4-hydroxyphenyl:
Using a procedure similar to that described in Example 74, except
replacing the 3-cyanophenylboronic acid with
4-benzyloxyphenylboronic acid, a TFA salt of compound 86 was
prepared. .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) .delta. 10.46 (s, 1H),
10.40 (s, 1H), 9.47 (s, 1H), 8.71 (br s, 2H), 8.12 (m, 2H), 7.32
(d, 2H), 7.02 (m, 9H), 6.75 (d, 2H), 6.51 (d, 1H), 6.10 (s, 1H),
5.25 (d, 1H), 3.10 (m, 4H), 2.80 (m, 2H). m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd
for C.sub.31H.sub.29N.sub.3O.sub.4 508.23; found 508.3.
[0712] Compound 87:
N-{2-[4-(3-(4-aminomethylphenyl)phenyl)aminophenyl]eth-
yl}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine
(Formula (X) where R.sup.11 is 4-(aminomethyl)phenyl): m/z:
[M+H.sup.+] calcd for C.sub.32H.sub.32N.sub.4O.sub.3 521.26; found
521.3.
[0713] Compound 88: Formula (X) where R.sup.11 is 4-ethoxyphenyl:
m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd for C.sub.33H.sub.33N.sub.3O.sub.4 536.26;
found 536.3.
[0714] Compound 89: Formula (X) where R.sup.11 is thiophene-3-yl:
m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd for C.sub.29H.sub.27N.sub.3O.sub.3S 498.19;
found 498.3.
[0715] Compound 90: Formula (X) where R.sup.11 is 2-indolyl: m/z:
[M+H.sup.+] calcd for C.sub.33H.sub.30N.sub.4O.sub.3 531.24; found
531.3.
[0716] Compound 91:
N-{2-[4-(3-(3-chlorophenyl)phenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(-
R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine (Formula
(X) where R.sup.11 is 3-chlorophenyl): .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz,
DMSO-d6) .delta. 10.45 (s, 1H), 10.38 (s, 1H), 8.58 (br s, 2H),
8.20 (s, 1H), 8.06 (d, 1H), 7.21 (m, 14H), 6.51 (d, 1H), 6.10 (s,
1H), 5.23 (d, 1H), 3.10 (m, 4H), 2.80 (m, 2H). [M+H] calcd for
C.sub.31H.sub.28ClN.sub.3O.sub.3 526.03; found 526.3.
[0717] Compound 92: Formula (X) where R.sup.11 is 3-methoxyphenyl:
m/z: [M+H] calcd for C.sub.32H.sub.31N.sub.3O.sub.4522.24; found
522.0.
[0718] Compound 93: Formula (X) where R.sup.11 is 3-fluorophenyl:
.sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) .delta. 10.42 (s, 1H), 10.39 (s,
1H), 8.60 (br s, 2H), 8.20 (s, 1H), 8.15 (d, 1H), 7.2 (m, 14H),
6.51 (d, 1H), 6.11 (s, 1H), 5.23 (d, 1H), 3.10 (m, 4H), 2.81 (m,
2H). m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd for C.sub.31H.sub.28FN.sub.3O.sub.3
509.58; found 510.3.
[0719] Synthesis of Compounds of Formula (XI)--Compounds 94-101
129
Example 94
Synthesis of
N-{2-[4-(3-(3-pyridyl)-4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-
-2-hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine (94)
[0720] Compound 94: Formula (XI) where R.sup.11 is 3-pyridyl
[0721] a. Synthesis of 4-iodophenethylamine
[0722] 4-Iodophenylacetonitrile (4.80 g, 19.7 mmol) was dissolved
in tetrahydrofuran (25 mL) under nitrogen, and 1.0 M borane in
tetrahydrofuran (29.6 mL, 29.6 mmol) was added via syringe. The
reaction was heated at reflux for 1 hour, then cooled in ice and
the excess borane was quenched by the addition of methanol (100
mL). When hydrogen evolution ceased, the solvents were removed
under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in
tetrahydrofuran (25 mL) and 4N HCl in dioxane (6.0 mL, 24 mmol) was
added, followed by ether (75 mL). The hydrochloride salt of
4-iodophenethylamine was collected on a Buchner funnel, washed with
ether (2.times.50 mL) and dried under reduced pressure. To generate
the free base, the solid was partitioned between dichloromethane
(200 mL) and 1N NaOH (100 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with
dichloromethane (2.times.100 mL). The combined organic layers were
dried (Na.sub.2SO.sub.4) and concentrated to give
4-iodophenethylamine (4.52 g) as a colorless oil.
[0723] b. Synthesis of Compound QQ 130
[0724] To a solution of 4-iodophenethylamine (4.5 g, 22 mmol) in
methyl sulfoxide (13 mL) under nitrogen was added compound HH (from
Example 61B part f) (7.3 g, 15 mmol), sodium bicarbonate (3.7 g, 44
mmol) and sodium iodide (3.3 g, 22 mmol). The mixture was heated at
140.degree. C. in an oil bath for 25 minutes. After cooling to room
temperature, water (100 mL) was added and the resulting mixture was
extracted with ethyl acetate (2.times.150 mL). The combined
extracts were washed with 1N HCl (2.times.50 mL), water (50 mL) 10%
sodium thiosulfate (50 mL), saturated sodium bicarbonate (50 mL)
and brine (50 mL). The solution was dried (Na.sub.2SO.sub.4) and
concentrated. The crude product was purified in two lots by flash
chromatography on silica gel (75 g) eluting with 0-5% methanol in
dichloromethane containing 0.5% triethylamine. Compound QQ (6.1 g)
was isolated as a dark yellow oil.
[0725] c. Synthesis of 4-amino-2-bromoanisole
[0726] To a mixture of 2-bromo-4-nitroanisole (5.0 g, 21.5 mmol,
Lancaster), ethanol (25 mL) and water (25 mL), was added powdered
iron (4.8 g, 86 mmol) and 12 N HCl (0.5 mL). The solution was
heated at reflux for 20 minutes. 1N NaOH (10 mL) was added and the
reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of celite while still
hot, and then rinsed with ethanol (2.times.50 mL). The ethanol was
removed under reduced pressure and the residue extracted with
dichloromethane (2.times.100 mL). The organic extracts were dried
(Na.sub.2SO.sub.4) and concentrated. The crude product was purified
by flash chromatography on silica gel (75 g) eluting with
dichloromethane, to give 4-amino-2-bromoanisole as a light tan
solid.
[0727] d. Synthesis of Compound RR 131
[0728] A flask containing compound QQ (0.966 g, 1.48 mmol),
4-amino-2-bromoanisole (0.35 g, 1.78 mmol),
tris(dibenzylidineacetone)dip- alladium(0) (0.068 g, 0.074 mmol),
BINAP (0.092 g, 0.148 mmol), and sodium tert-butoxide (0.569 g,
5.92 mmol) was flushed with nitrogen, and then anhydrous o-xylene
(30 mL) was added. The mixture was heated at 115.degree. C. in an
oil bath for two hours. At this time, the reaction was cooled to
room temperature and the solvent was removed under reduced
pressure. The brownish residue was redissolved in dichloromethane
and filtered through a bed of celite. The filtrate was concentrated
to dryness under reduced pressure, dissolved in THF (20 mL) and
purged with nitrogen. Tetrabutylammonium fluoride (1.0 N in THF,
4.5 mL, 4.5 mmol) was added and the solution was stirred for 18
hours at room temperature. The solvent was removed under reduced
pressure, and the residue partitioned between water and DCM. The
organic layer was washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate and
brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced
pressure. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on
silica gel (1-10% MeOH in DCM) to give compound RR.
[0729] e. Synthesis of Compound 94 132
[0730] Into a nitrogen purged test tube with a screw cap was placed
compound RR (73 mg, 0.12 mmol),
[1,1'-bis(diphenylphosphino)-ferrocene]di- chloropalladium(II)
dichloromethane complex (10 mg) and 3-pyridylboronic acid (18 mg,
0.14 mmol). Dimethoxyethane (2.5 mL) was added, followed by 2.0 N
cesium carbonate (0.20 mL, 0.40 mmol). The mixture was heated at
90.degree. C. for 4 hours. The solution was then cooled to room
temperature and DCM (20 mL) was added. The solution was dried
(Na.sub.2SO.sub.4) for 30 minutes, then filtered, concentrated and
dried under vacuum. The residue was dissolved in DCM (2 mL) and
cooled to 0.degree. C., and then boron trichloride (1.0N in DCM,
1.0 mL, 1.0 mmol) was added. After 10 minutes the reaction was
quenched with methanol (10 mL), and concentrated under reduced
pressure. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC. Fractions
containing pure product were combined and lyophilized to give a TFA
salt of N-{2-[4-(3-(3-pyridyl)-4-methoxyphenyl)-
aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethyla-
mine (94). .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) .delta. 10.; m/z:
[M+H.sup.+] calcd for C.sub.31H.sub.30N.sub.4O.sub.4 523.24; found
523.3.
[0731] A sample of the TFA salt (25 mg) was dissolved in
acetonitrile (0.5 mL) and water (0.5 mL), followed by 1N HCl (0.10
mL, 0.10 mmol). The solution was lyophylized to a powder which was
redissolved in acetonitrile (0.5 mL) and water (0.5 ML). 1N HCl was
then added (O. 10 mL, 0.10 mmol). Lyophylization gave a
hydrochloride salt of compound 94 as an off white powder. .sup.1H
NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) .delta. 10.49 (br s, 1H), 9.44 (br s, 1H),
8.97 (d, 1H), 8.78 (d, 1H), 8.77 (br s, 1H), 8.61 (dt, 1H), 8.20
(d, 1H), 8.01 (dd, 1H), 6.90-7.15 (m, 8H), 6.47 (d, 1H),5.39 (d,
1H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 3.02 (m, 4H), 2.82 (m, 2H); m/z: [M+H.sup.+]
calcd for C.sub.31H.sub.30N.sub.4O.sub.4 523.24; found 523.6.
Example 95
Synthesis of
N-{2-[4-(3-(3-cyanophenyl)-4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-
-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine
(95)
[0732] Compound 95: Formula (XI) where R.sup.11 is
3-cyanophenyl.
[0733] Into a nitrogen purged test tube with a screw cap was placed
compound RR (from Example 94, part d) (100 mg, 0.163 mmol),
[1,1'-bis(diphenylphosphino)-ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II)
dichloromethane complex (10 mg) and 3-cyanophenylboronic acid (35
mg, 0.20 mmol). Dimethoxyethane (3 mL) was added, followed by 2.0 N
cesium carbonate (0.30 mL, 0.60 mmol). The mixture was heated at
90.degree. C. for 4 hours. The solution was then cooled to room
temperature and partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The
organic layer was dried (Na.sub.2SO.sub.4), concentrated and dried
under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in DCM (5 mL) and
cooled to 0.degree. C., and then boron trichloride (1.0 N in DCM,
2.0 mL, 2.0 mmol) was added. After 10 minutes the reaction was
quenched with methanol (20 mL), and concentrated under reduced
pressure. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC. Fractions
containing pure product were combined and lyophilized to give a TFA
salt of compound 95. .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) .delta. 10.47
(s, 1H), 10.38 (s, 1H), 8.57 (br s, 2H) 8.05 (d, 1H), 7.89 (m, 1H),
7.82 (m, 1H), 7.70 (m, 2H), 7.53 (t, 2H), 7.07 (d, 1H), 6.95-7.00
(m, 4H), 6.85-6.92 (m, 3H), 6.50 (dd, 1H), 6.09 (d, 1H), 5.22 (d,
1H), 3.65 (s, 3H), 3.10 (m, 4H), 2.80 (m, 2H); m/z: [M+H.sup.+]
calcd for C.sub.33H.sub.30N.sub.4O.sub.4 547.24; found 547.5.
Examples 96-102
Synthesis of Compounds 96-102
[0734] Using procedures similar to that described in Example 95,
except replacing the 3-cyanophenylboronic acid with the appropriate
substituted phenylboronic acid, TFA salts of compounds 96-102 were
prepared.
[0735] Compound 96:
N-{2-[4-(3-(4-aminomethylphenyl)-4-methoxyphenyl)amino-
phenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine
(Formula (XI) where R.sup.11 is 4-(aminomethyl)phenyl): .sup.1H NMR
(300 MHz, DMSO-d6) .delta. 10.47 (s, 1H), 10.40 (s, 1H), 8.58 (br
s, 2H), 8.07 (m, 4H), 7.87 (s, 1H), 7.40 (dd, 4H), 7.07 (d, 1H),
6.84-7.05 (m, 8H), 6.50 (dd, 1H), 6.11 (d, 1H), 5.23 (d, 1H), 3.98
(m, 2H), 3.62 (s, 3H), 3.05 (m, 2H), 2.95 (m, 2H), 2.75 (m, 2H);
m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd for C.sub.33H.sub.34N.sub.4O.sub.4 551.27;
found 551.5.
[0736] Compound 97
N-{2-[4-(3-(4-pyridyl)-4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethy-
l}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine
(Formula (XI) where R.sup.11 is 4-pyridyl): .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz,
DMSO-d6) .delta. 10.46 (s, 1H), 10.42 (s, 1H), 8.65 (d, 2H), 8.62
(br s, 1H), 8.06 (d, 2H), 7.97 (br s, 1H), 7.73 (d, 2H) 6.95-7.10
(m, 7H), 6.90 (dd, 2H), 6.12 (br s, 1H), 5.23 (d, 1H), 3.69 (s,
3H), 3.10 (m, 4H), 2.80 (m, 2H); m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd for
C.sub.31H.sub.30N.sub.4O.sub.4 523.24; found 523.6.
[0737] Compound 98: Formula (XI) where R.sup.11 is 4-formylphenyl:
.sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) .delta. 10.46 (s, 1H), 10.39 (s,
1H), 9.95 (s, 1H), 8.57 (br s, 2H), 8.05 (d, 1H), 7.91 (br s, 1H),
7.85 (d, 2H), 7.61 (d, 2H), 6.95-7.10 (m, 7H), 6.89 (dd, 2H), 6.50
(dd, 1H), 6.10 (s, 1H), 5.22 (d, 1H), 3.65 (s, 3H), 3.05 (m, 4H),
2.75 (m, 2H); m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd for
C.sub.33H.sub.31N.sub.3O.sub.5 550.24; found 550.6.
[0738] Compound 99: Formula (XI) where R.sup.11 is
4-methylsulfonyl: .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) .delta. 10.46 (s,
1H), 10.38 (s, 1H), 8.55 (br s, 2H), 8.05 (d, 1H), 7.91 (s, 1H),
7.86 (d, 2H), 6.74 (d, 2H), 6.93-7.10 (m, 6H), 6.85-6.92 (m, 3H),
6.51 (dd, 1H), 6.09 (d, 1H), 5.22 (d, 1H), 3.65 (s, 3H), 3.17 (s,
3H), 3.05 (m, 4H), 2.75 (m, 2H); m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd for
C.sub.33H.sub.33N.sub.3O.sub.6S 600.22; found 600.5.
[0739] Compound 100:
N-{2-[4-(3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-4-methoxyphenyl)aminophe-
nyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine
(Formula (XI) where R.sup.11 is 4-hydroxyphenyl): Using a procedure
similar to that described in Example 95, except replacing the
3-cyanophenylboronic acid with 4-benzyloxyphenylboronic acid, a TFA
salt of compound 100 was prepared. .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6)
.delta. 10.46 (s, 1H), 10.38 (s, 1H), 9.34 (s, 1H), 8.57 (br s,
2H), 8.06 (d, 1H), 7.80 (s, 1H), 7.18 (d, 2H), 7.07 (d, 1H), 6.97
(d, 2H), 6.80-6.90 (m, 6H), 6.69 (d, 2H), 6.51 (dd, 1H), 6.09 (s,
1H), 5.23 (d, 1H), 3.60 (s, 3H), 3.05 (m, 4H), 2.78 (m, 2H); m/z:
[M+H] calcd for C.sub.32H.sub.31N.sub.3O.sub.5 538.24; found
538.5.
[0740] Compound 101:
N-{2-[4-(3-(thiophen-3-yl)-4-methoxyphenyl)aminopheny-
l]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine
(Formula (XI) where R.sup.11 is thiophen-3-yl): .sup.1H NMR (300
MHz, DMSO-d6) .delta. 10.47 (s, 1H), 10.38 (s, 1H), 8.57 (br s,
2H), 8.06 (d, 1H), 7.83 (s, 1H), 6.74 (dd, 1H), 7.48 (dd, 1H), 7.31
(dd, 1H), 7.13 (s, 1H), 7.06 (d, 1H), 6.80-7.00 (m, 7H), 6.51 (dd,
1H), 6.01 (s, 1H), 5.23 (d, 1H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 3.07 (m, 4H), 2.77
(m, 2H); m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd for C.sub.30H.sub.29N.sub.3O.sub.4S
528.20; found 528.3.
[0741] Compound 102:
N-{2-[4-(3-(3-chlorophenyl)-4-methoxyphenyl)aminophen-
yl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine
(Formula (XI) where R.sup.11 is 3-chlorophenyl): .sup.1H NMR (300
MHz, DMSO-d6) .delta. 10.46 (s, 1H), 10.38 (s, 1H), 8.76 (br s,
1H), 8.62 (br s, 1H), 8.10 (s, 1H), 7.88 (br s, 1H), 7.15-7.23 (m,
5H), 6.85-7.10 (m, I 1H), 6.50 (d, 1H), 6.09 (br s, 1H), 5.27 (d,
1H), 3.65 (s, 3H), 3.10 (m, 4H), 2.80 (m, 2H); m/z: [M+H.sup.+]
calcd for C.sub.32H.sub.30ClN.sub.3O.- sub.4 556.20; found
556.2.
Example 103
Synthesis of
N-{2-[4-(3-(4-(4-morpholino)methylphenyl)-4-methoxyphenyl)ami-
nophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamin-
e (103)
[0742] Compound 103: Formula (XI) where R.sup.11 is
4-(4-morpholino)methylphenyl.
[0743] A trifluoroacetate salt of compound 98 (13 mg, 17 .mu.mol)
was dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (75 .mu.L) and morpholine
(7.5 uL, 86 .mu.mol) added at room temperature. After 5 minutes
sodium cyanoborohydride (1.1 mg, 17 .mu.mol) was added followed by
methanol (75 .mu.L) and then trifluoroacetic acid (9.0 .mu.L, 120
.mu.mol). The mixture was kept at room temperature for 55 minutes
at which point HPLC analysis showed the reaction to be
substantially complete. The title compound was purified by
reverse-phase HPLC. .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) .delta.
10.41-10.47 (m, 3H), 8.82 (br s, 1H), 8.63 (br s, 1H), 8.10 (d, 1H,
J=10.2 Hz), 7.88 (br s, 1H), 7.48 (s, 4H), 7.07 (d, 1H, J=8.2 Hz),
6.85-7.0 (m, 8H), 6.50 (d, 1H, J=9.9 Hz), 6.11 (br s, 1H), 5.27 (br
m, 1H), 4.27 (br s, 2H), 3.82-3.93 (br m, 2H), 3.64 (s, 3H),
3.58-3.67 (m, 2H), 3.04 (m, 6H), 2.78 (m, 2H); ml/z: [M+H.sup.+]
calcd for C.sub.37H.sub.40N.sub.4O.sub.5 621.3; found 621.6
Examples 104-110
Synthesis of Compounds 104-110
[0744] Using procedures similar to that described in Example 74,
except replacing the 3-cyanophenyl boronic acid with the
appropriate substituted boronic acid, TFA salts of compounds
104-110 were prepared.
[0745] Compound 104:
N-{2-[4-(3-(2-isopropylphenyl)phenyl)aminophenyl]ethy-
l}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine
(Formula (X) where R.sup.11 is 2-isopropylphenyl): m/z: [M+H.sup.+]
calcd for C.sub.34H.sub.35N.sub.3O.sub.3 534.3; found 534.5.
[0746] Compound 105:
N-{2-[4-(3-(2,6-dimethylphenyl)phenyl)aminophenyl]eth-
yl}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine
(Formula (X) where R.sup.11 is 2,6-dimethylphenyl): m/z:
[M+H.sup.+] calcd for C.sub.33H.sub.33N.sub.3O.sub.3 520.3; found
520.5.
[0747] Compound 106:
N-{2-[4-(3-(2-cyanophenyl)phenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(-
R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine (Formula
(X) where R.sup.11 is 2-cyanophenyl): m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd for
C.sub.32H.sub.28N.sub.4O.sub.3 517.2; found 517.4.
[0748] Compound 107:
N-{2-[4-(3-(2-ethoxyphenyl)phenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}--
(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine
(Formula (X) where R.sup.11 is 2-ethoxyphenyl): m/z: [M+H.sup.+]
calcd for C.sub.33H.sub.33N.sub.3O.sub.4 536.3; found 536.3.
[0749] Compound 108:
N-{2-[4-(3-(2-ethoxy-5-chlorophenyl)phenyl)aminopheny-
l]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine
(Formula (X) where R.sup.11 is 2-ethoxy-5-chlorophenyl): m/z:
[M+H.sup.+] calcd for C.sub.33H.sub.32ClN.sub.3O.sub.4 570.2; found
570.4.
[0750] Compound 109:
N-{2-[4-(3-(2-hydroxyphenyl)phenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-
-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine
(Formula (X) where R.sup.11 is 2-hydroxyphenyl): m/z: [M+H.sup.+]
calcd for C.sub.31H.sub.29N.sub.3O.sub.4 508.2; found 508.4.
[0751] Compound 110:
N-{2-[4-(3-(2-dimethylaminomethylphenyl)phenyl)aminop-
henyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine
(Formula (X) where R.sup.11 is 2-dimethylaminomethylphenyl): m/z:
[M+H.sup.+] calcd for C.sub.34H.sub.36N.sub.4O.sub.3 549.3; found
549.3.
Example 111
Synthesis of
N-{2-[4-(3-(3-cyanophenyl)-4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-
-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine (95)
and
N-12-[4-(3-(3-carbamoylphenyl)-4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-h-
ydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine (111)
[0752] Compound 95: Formula (XI) where R.sup.11 is
3-cyanophenyl
[0753] Compound 111: Formula (XI) where R.sup.11 is
3-carbamoylphenyl
[0754] Using procedures similar to those described in Example 61C
and the deprotection step of Example 61B, except replacing the
4-methoxy-3-phenylaniline hydrochloride with
3-(3-cyanophenyl)-4-methoxya- niline in Example 61C, part d,
compound 95 was prepared. In addition, compound 111 was isolated
from the reaction sequence. .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) .delta.
10.47 (s, 1H), 10.40 (s, 1H), 8.58 (br 2, 2H), 8.06 (d, 1H), 7.94
(s, 1H), 7.86 (s, 2H), 7.73 (d, 1H), 7.54 (d, 1H), 7.39 (t, 1H),
7.31 (s, 1H), 7.07 (d, 1H), 6.84-7.00 (m, 9H), 6.50 (d, 1H), 6.10
(s, 1H), 5.23 (d, 1H) 3.54 (s, 3H), 3.10 (m, 4H), 2.80 (m, 2H);
m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd for C.sub.33H.sub.32N.sub.4O.sub.5 565.64;
found 565.5.
[0755] The intermediate compound 3-(3-cyanophenyl)-4-methoxyaniline
was prepared as follows:
[0756] a. Synthesis of 2-(3-cyanophenyl)-4-nitroanisole
[0757] [1,1'Bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II),
complex with dichloromethane(1:1) (1.43 g) was added to a stirred
mixture of 3-cyanophenylboronic acid (10.0 g, 61.8 mmol) and
2-bromo-4-nitroanisole (14.35 g, 62 mmol) in 2.0N cesium carbonate
(92.7 mL, 185.4 mmol) and ethylene glycol dimethylether (200 mL).
The flask was purged with nitrogen and heated at 90.degree. C. (oil
bath) for 4 hours. The mixture was allowed to cool to room
temperature overnight, during which time the product precipitated
from solution. The solid was collected on a Buchner funnel, washed
with water and dried under reduced pressure to give
2-(3-cyanophenyl)-4-nitroanisole (15.7 g).
[0758] b. Synthesis of 3-(3-cyanophenyl)-4-methoxyaniline
[0759] Zinc dust (20.26 g, 310 mmol) was added in portions over
five minutes to a solution of 2-(3-cyanophenyl)-4-nitroanisole
(15.7 g, 62 mmol) and ammonium formate (19.48 g, 310 mmol) in
methanol (500 mL) and tetrahydofuran (500 mL). The reaction was
complete after stirring for one hour at room temperature. The
resulting mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated
under reduced pressure. The residue was purified using flash
chromatoghraphy on silica gel eluting with 5% methanol in
dichloromethane to give 3-(3-cyanophenyl)-4-methoxyaniline (10 g,
44 mmol) as a yellow oil.
Example 112
Synthesis of
N-{2-[4-(3-(3-aminomethylphenyl)-4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]-
ethyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine
(112)
[0760] Compound 112: Formula (XI) where R.sup.11 is
3-aminomethylphenyl
[0761] Using procedures similar to those described in Example 61C
and the deprotection step of Example 61B, except replacing the
4-methoxy-3-phenylaniline hydrochloride with
3-(3-aminomethylphenyl)-4-me- thoxyaniline in Example 61C, part d,
the HCl salt of compound 112 was prepared. .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz,
DMSO-d6) .delta. 10.54 (s, 2H), 9.60 (br s, 1H), 8.85 (br s, 1H),
8.46 (s, 3H), 8.30 (d, 1H), 7.57 (s, 1H), 7.44 (m, 3H) 6.90-7.10
(m, 1I H), 6.54 (d, 1H), 5.50 (d, 1H), 4.05 (d, 2H), 3.71 (s, 3H)
3.10 (m, 4H), 2.90 (m, 2H). m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd for
C.sub.33H.sub.34N.sub.4O.sub.4 551.27; found 551.4.
[0762] The intermediate compound
3-(3-aminomethylphenyl)-4-methoxyaniline was prepared as
follows:
[0763] a. Synthesis of 2-(3-aminomethylphenyl)-4-nitroanisole
[0764] 2-(3-cyanophenyl)-4-nitroanisole (8.0 g) from Example 111,
part a, was dissolved in THF (200 mL) and purged with nitrogen. A
11.0M solution of borane in THF (135 mL) was then added, and the
reaction was heated at reflux for 4 hours. When the reaction was
complete, the mixture was cooled to room temperature and 4.0N HCl
in dioxane (25 mL) was added dropwise over 30 minutes. Methanol
(200 mL) was slowly added to the acidified solution, and the
solvent was removed in vacuo. The resulting gum was redissolved in
methanol(150 mL) and concentrated in vacuo to give a solid. The
product was dissolved in dichloromethane (150 mL) and cooled to
-20.degree. C. to give 2-(3-aminomethylphenyl)-4-nitroanisole which
was collected on a filter and dried in vacuo.
[0765] b. Synthesis of 3-(3-aminomethylphenyl)-4-methoxyaniline
[0766] To a solution of 2-(3-aminomethylphenyl)-4-nitroanisole
(5.88 g) in methanol (100 mL) was added 10% palladium on carbon
(3.9 g). The reaction mixture was stirred under one atmosphere of
hydrogen for 12 hours. The catalyst was removed by filtration and
the solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was partitioned
between 1N NaOH and dichloromethane. The organic layer was dried
over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4 and concentrated. The resulting oil was
dissolved in dichloromethane (50 mL) and 4.0N HCl in dioxane was
added. The product was collected by filtration and dried in vacuo
to give the HCl salt of 3-(3-aminomethylphenyl)-4-methoxyaniline as
an off white powder. .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta.
8.46 (m, 2H), 7.33-7.49 (m, 4H), 6.80 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 6.58-6.61
(m, 2H), 5.82 (br s, 2H), 3.95 (m, 2H), 3.54 (s, 3H)
Example 113
Synthesis of
N-{2-[4-(3-(3-(N-isopropylamino)methylphenyl)-4-methoxyphenyl-
)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethyl-
amine (113)
[0767] Compound 113: Formula (XI) where R.sup.11 is
3-(N-isopropylamino)methylphenyl
[0768] Using procedures similar to those described in Example 61C
and the deprotection step of Example 61B, except replacing the
4-methoxy-3-phenylaniline hydrochloride with
3-[3-(N-isopropylamino)methy- lphenyl]-4-methoxyaniline in Example
61C, part d, compound 113 was prepared. m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd for
C.sub.36H.sub.41N.sub.4O.sub.4 593.31; found 593.4.
[0769] The intermediate compound
3-[3-(N-isopropylamino)methylphenyl]-4-me- thoxyaniline was
prepared as follows:
[0770] a. Synthesis of
2-(3-(N-isopropylamino)methylphenyl)-4-nitroanisole
[0771] 2-(3-Aminomethylphenyl)-4-nitroanisole (0.10 g, 0.39 mmol)
was dissolved in anhydrous acetone (25 mL). The solution was
distilled at atmospheric pressure until the volume was reduced to
approximately 5 mL. The solution was then distilled under reduced
pressure at room temperature to remove the last traces of acetone.
The resultant oil was re-dissolved in CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2/MeOH (2 mL:1
mL). Sodium borohydride (44 mg, 3 equiv) was added, and the
reaction mixture stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The solution
was then diluted with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (10 mL), extracted with 1M
NaOH (4.times.5 mL), dried (Na.sub.2SO.sub.4), and evaporated to
afford 2-(3-(N-isopropylamino)methylphenyl)-4-nitroanis- ole (120
mg, 0.39 mmol, 100%).
[0772] b. Synthesis of
3-[3-(N-isopropylamino)methylphenyl]-4-methoxyanili- ne
[0773] 2-(3-(N-Isopropylamino)methylphenyl)-4-nitroanisole (120 mg,
0.39 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH/THF (5 mL:5 mL), and 10% Pd/C (20
mg) was added. The slurry was stirred at room temperature under an
atmosphere of H.sub.2 for 16 h. The slurry was then filtered and
evaporated to afford
3-[3-(N-isopropylamino)methylphenyl]-4-methoxyaniline as a brown
oil (101 mg, 0.37 mmol, 96%).
Example 114
Synthesis of
N-{2-[4-(3-(3-(N-benzylamino)methylphenyl)-4-methoxyphenyl)am-
inophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylami-
ne (114)
[0774] Compound 114: Formula (XI) where R.sup.11 is
3-(N-benzylamino)methylphenyl
[0775]
N-{2-[4-(3-(3-(N-benzylamino)methylphenyl)-4-methoxyphenyl)aminophe-
nyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon--
5-yl)ethylamine (55 mg, 0.73 mmol) was dissolved in THF/MeOH (5
mL:2 mL). Triethylamine-trihydrofluoride (0.5 mL) was added, and
the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 h. The
solvent was then evaporated, and the residue purified by HPLC to
afford
N-{2-[4-(3-(3-(N-benzylamino)methylphenyl)-4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]et-
hyl --(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine
(114).m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd for C.sub.40H.sub.41N.sub.4O.sub.4
641.31; found 641.3
[0776] The intermediate
N-{2-[4-(3-(3-(N-benzylamino)methylphenyl)-4-metho-
xyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy-2-(8-hydroxy--
2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine was prepared as follows:
[0777] a. Synthesis of 2-(3-aminomethylphenyl)-4-nitroanisole
Hydrochloride
[0778] To a stirring solution of 2-(3-cyanophenyl)-4-nitroanisole
from Example 111 (4.0 g, 16 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (100 mL) was
added boranetetrahydrofuran complex dropwise (48 mL of a 1.0 M
solution in tetrahydrofuran, 3 equiv, 48 mmol). The solution was
heated to reflux for 3 hours. The solution was allowed to cool to
room temperature and hydrochloride acid (24 mL of 4.0 M solution in
dioxane, 96 mmol) was added slowly. Methanol (100 mL) was added
slowly and the solution was evaporated to dryness. The residue was
diluted with methanol (100 mL) and evaporated to dryness. The
residue was dissolved in dichloromethane (100 mL). A clear solution
was achieved, from which a precipitate began to form (<1 min).
The solution was stirred at room temperature for 14 hours and the
solid was collected on a Buchner funnel, washed with
dichloromethane (10 mL), and dried under high vacuum to afford
2-(3-aminomethylphenyl)-4-nitroanisole hydrochloride (2.26 g, 55%
yield).
[0779] b. Synthesis of 3-(3-aminomethylphenyl)-4-methoxyaniline
Dihydrochloride
[0780] To a solution of 2-(3-aminomethylphenyl)-4-nitroanisole
hydrochloride (1.26 g, 4.2 mmol) in methanol (10 mL) and
tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) under nitrogen was added palladium on
carbon (10% by weight, 200 mgs, 15 wt. %). The solution was purged
with hydrogen and stirred under hydrogen for 24 hours. The reaction
was purged with nitrogen and the catalyst was removed by
filtration. Solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was
redissolved in dichloromethane (10 mL) and hydrochloride acid was
added (4.0 M solution in dioxane, 1.5 equiv., 1.57 mL). The
solution was stirred for 1 hour while a solid precipitated. The
solid was collected on a Buchner funnel and dried under vacuum to
afford 3-(3-aminomethylphenyl)-4-methoxyaniline dihydrochloride
(947 mgs, 73% yield).
[0781] c. Synthesis of
N-{2-[4-(3-(3-aminomethylphenyl)-4-methoxy)aminophe-
nyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy-2-(8-benzyloxy-2(1H)-quinolino-
n-5-yl)ethylamine
[0782] Using procedures similar to those described in Example 61C,
except replacing the 4-methoxy-3-phenylaniline hydrochloride with
3-(3-aminomethylphenyl)-4-methoxyaniline in Example 61C, part d,
N-{2-[4-(3-(3-aminomethylphenyl)-4-methoxy)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-tert--
butyldimethylsilyloxy-2-(8-benzyloxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine
was prepared.
[0783] d. Synthesis of
N-{2-[4-(3-(3-aminomethylphenyl)-4-methoxy)aminophe-
nyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(H1
T)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethyl amine
[0784]
N-{2-[4-(3-(3-aminomethylphenyl)-4-methoxy)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-
-tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy-2-(8-benzyloxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamin-
e (140 mg, 0.19 mmol) was dissolved in EtOH (5 mL). Palladium
hydroxide (20% w/w on carbon, 20 mg) was added, and the slurry was
stirred at room temperature under an atmosphere of H.sub.2 for 16
h. The reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate evaporated to
afford
N-{2-[4-(3-(3-aminomethylphenyl)-4-methoxy)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-tert--
butyldimethylsilyloxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine
[0785] e. Synthesis of
N-{2-[4-(3-(3-(N-benzylamino)methylphenyl)-4-methox-
yphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2-
(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine
[0786]
N-{2-[4-(3-(3-aminomethylphenyl)-4-methoxy)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-
-tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine
(27.5 mg, 0.41 mmol) and benzaldehyde (4.2 .mu.L, 1 equiv) were
dissolved in anhydrous MeOH (2 mL) and stirred at room temperature
for 2.5 h. Sodium borohydride (9.4 mg, 6 equiv) was added, and the
reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 48 h. The solution was then
diluted with EtOAc (50 mL), washed with H.sub.2O (30 mL), dried
(Na.sub.2SO.sub.4), and evaporated to afford
N-{2-[4-(3-(3-(N-benzylamino)methylphenyl)-4-methoxy-
phenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(-
1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine (26 mg, 0.34 mmol, 83%)
Example 115
Synthesis of
N-{2-[4-(3-(3-(N,N-dimethylamino)methylphenyl)-4-methoxypheny-
l)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethy-
lamine (115)
[0787] Compound 115: Formula (XI) where R.sup.11 is
3-(N,N-dimethylamino)methylphenyl.
[0788] Using procedures similar to those described in Example 61C
and the deprotection step of Example 61B, except replacing the
4-methoxy-3-phenylaniline hydrochloride with
3-[3-(N,N-dimethylamino)meth- ylphenyl]-4-methoxyaniline in Example
61C, part d, compound 115 was prepared. m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd for
C.sub.35H.sub.39N.sub.4O.sub.4, 579.30; found 579.3 The
intermediate compound 3-[3-(N,N-dimethylamino)met-
hylphenyl]-4-methoxyaniline was prepared as follows:
[0789] a. Synthesis of
2-(3-(N,N-dimethylamino)methylphenyl)-4-nitroanisol- e
[0790] 2-(3-Aminomethylphenyl)-4-nitroanisole (0.21 g, 0.81 mmol)
was dissolved in a mixture of formic acid (12 mL) and 37% aqueous
formaldehyde (6 mL). The solution was then refluxed for 16 h. The
reaction mixture was diluted with 1M NaOH (10 mL) and extracted
with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (2.times.10 mL). The combined organic phases
were filtered, dried (Na.sub.2SO4) and evaporated to afford
2-(3-(N,N-dimethylamino)methylphenyl)-4-nitroanisole (200 mg, 0.70
mmol, 86%)
[0791] b. Synthesis of
3-[3-(N,N-dimethylamino)methylphenyl]-4-methoxyanil- ine
[0792] 2-(3-(N,N-Dimethylamino)methylphenyl)-4-nitroanisole (200
mg, 0.70 mmol) was dissolved in EtOH/H.sub.2O (5 mL:2.5 mL).
concentrated HCl (40 uL) was added, followed by iron powder (314
mg). The reaction mixture was refluxed for 1 h, allowed to cool to
room temperature, and diluted with EtOH (10 mL). The slurry was
filtered and the filtrate evaporated. The resultant oil was taken
up in 1 M NaOH (10 mL) and extracted with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2
(2.times.10 mL). The combined organic phases were dried
(Na.sub.2SO.sub.4) and evaporated to afford
3-[3-(N,N-dimethylamino)methy- lphenyl]-4-methoxyaniline as a brown
oil (102 mg, 0.40 mmol, 57%)
Example 116
Synthesis of
N-{2-[4-(3-(3-(N-(3-pyridylmethyl)aminomethyl)phenyl)-4-metho-
xyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5--
yl)ethylamine (116)
[0793] Compound 116: Formula (XI) where R.sup.11 is
3-[N-(3-pyridylmethyl)aminomethyl]phenyl.
[0794] Using procedures described in Example 114, part e, except
using pyridine-3-carboxaldehyde in place of benzaldehyde,
N-{2-[4-(3-(3-(N-(3-pyridylmethyl)aminomethyl)phenyl)-4-methoxyphenyl)ami-
nophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamin-
e was synthesized. m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd for
C.sub.39H.sub.40N.sub.5O.sub- .4 642.31; found 642.4
Example 117
Synthesis of
N-{2-[4-(3-(3-(N-(4-methoxybenzylamino))methylphenyl)-4-metho-
xyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5--
yl)ethylamine (117)
[0795] Compound 117: Formula (XI) where R.sup.11 is
3-(N-(4-methoxybenzylamino))methylphenyl.
[0796] Using procedures described in Example 114 part e, except
using 4-methoxybenzaldehyde in place of benzaldehyde,
N-{2-[4-(3-(3-(N-(4-metho-
xybenzylamino))methylphenyl)-4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-(R)-2-hydr-
oxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine was synthesized.
m/z: [M+H.sup.+] calcd for C.sub.41H.sub.43N.sub.4O.sub.5 671.32;
found 671.5
Example 118
Synthesis of
N-{2-[4-(3-(4-aminomethylphenyl)-4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]-
ethyl}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine
(96)
[0797] Using procedures similar to those described in Example 61 C
and the deprotection step of Example 61B, except replacing the
4-methoxy-3-phenylaniline hydrochloride with
3-(4-aminomethylphenyl)-4-me- thoxyaniline in Example 61C, part d,
compound 96 was prepared.
[0798] The intermediate compound
3-(4-aminomethylphenyl)-4-methoxyaniline was prepared as
follows:
[0799] a. Synthesis of 2-(4-aminomethylphenyl)-4-nitroanisole
[0800] A mixture of 2-bromo-4-nitroanisole (5.80 g, 25.0 mmol) and
4-(aminomethyl)phenylboronic acid hydrochloride (4.96 g, 26.6 mmol)
was slurried in 1-propanol (50 mL) under nitrogen.
Triphenylphosphine (315 mg, 1.20 mmol) and palladium (II) acetate
(90 mg, 0.40 mmol) were added, followed by 2.0N sodium
carabonate(33 mL, 66 mmol). The mixture was heated at 95.degree. C.
(oil bath) under nitrogen for 3 hours, at which time the reaction
was judged to be complete by TLC. Water (25 mL) was added and the
mixture was stirred open to air for 2 hours at room temperature.
The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL, 2.times.50
mL) and the combined extracts were washed with sodium bicarbonate
(25 mL) and brine (25 mL). The solution was dried with sodium
sulfate, and concentrated to an oil which was purified by flash
chromatography on silica gel (100 g) eluting with 0-4%
methanol/0,5% triethylamine/dichloromethane. Pure fractions were
combined and concentrated to give
2-(4-aminomethylphenyl)-4-nitroanisole (4.6 g) as a yellow
solid.
[0801] b. Synthesis of 3-(4-aminomethylphenyl)-4-methoxyaniline
[0802] A solution of 2-(4-aminomethylphenyl)-4-nitroanisole (4.50
g) in methanol (200 mL) was treated with 10% palladium on carbon
(200 mg). The reaction mixture was stirred under one atmosphere of
hydrogen for 2.5 hours. The reaction mixture filtered through
Celite, and the filter cake was washed with methanol (3.times.25
mL). The filtrate was concentrated to dryness and the residue was
purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (80 g) eluting with
0-6% methanol/0.5% triethylamine/dichloromethane. Pure fractions
were combined and concentrated to give
3-(4-aminomethylphenyl)-4-methoxyaniline as an off white
powder.
Example 119
Synthesis of
N-{2-[4-(3-(3-chlorophenyl)-4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl-
}-(R)-2-hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1H)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine
(102)
[0803] Using procedures similar to those described in Example 61C
and the deprotection step of Example 61B, except replacing the
4-methoxy-3-phenylaniline hydrochloride with
3-(3-chlorophenyl)-4-methoxy- aniline in Example 61C, part d,
compound 102 was prepared.
[0804] The intermediate compound
3-(3-chlorophenyl)-4-methoxyaniline was prepared as follows:
[0805] a. Synthesis of 2-(3-chlorophenyl)-4-nitroanisole
[0806] To a flask containing a bi-phasic mixture of
2-bromo-4-nitroanisole (15.0 g, 64.6 mmol) and
3-chlorophenylboronic acid (12.1 g, 77.6 mmol) in ethylene glycol
dimethyl ether (187.5 mL) and 2.0 N aqueous cesium carbonate (97
mL) was added 1-1'-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene)dichloro
palladium (II), complex with dichloromethane (1:1) (1.5 g). The
mixture was heated at reflux for 4 hours under a nitrogen
atmosphere. The crude reaction mixture was partitioned between
ethyl acetate (350 mL) and brine (250 mL) and then filtered through
a Buchner funnel. Layers were separated and the organic layer was
washed with brine (250 mL). The organic phase was dried over
Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered, and concentrated to a dark oil. The
crude residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel
using dichloromethane as the eluent to afford
2-(3-chlorophenyl)-4-nitroanisole as a yellow solid (13.9 g, 59.4
mmol).
[0807] b. Synthesis of 3-(3-chlorophenyl)-4-methoxyaniline
[0808] To a mixture of 2-(3-chlorophenyl)-4-nitroanisole (0.5 g,
1.9 mmol)in tetrahydrofuran (5 mL) and methanol (5 mL) was added
platinum (IV) oxide (1 mg). The reaction was stirred at room
temperature under one atmosphere of hydrogen for 4.5 hours. The
slurry was filtered through Celite and concentrated under reduced
pressure to afford 3-(3-chlorophenyl)-4-methoxyaniline as a light
yellow oil (405 mg, 1.7 mmol).
[0809] While the present invention has been described with
reference to the specific embodiments thereof, it should be
understood by those skilled in the art that various changes may be
made and equivalents may be substituted without departing from the
true spirit and scope of the invention. In addition, many
modifications may be made to adapt a particular situation,
material, composition of matter, process, process step or steps, to
the objective, spirit and scope of the present invention. All such
modifications are intended to be within the scope of the claims
appended hereto. Additionally, all publications, patents, and
patent documents cited hereinabove are incorporated by reference
herein in full, as though individually incorporated by
reference.
* * * * *